10 Best Places to Visit in the UK in February

It’s time to reward yourself for all the work you’ve done since returning from your Christmas break! You can’t be expected to wait until summer, and it’s vital for your well-being to take regular short breaks. So embark on a micro-adventure this February and explore a new part of the UK.

Let’s consider your best options for where to go on holiday in February. From the mountains of the Cambrian Way to the thatched roofs of the Cotswolds, we’ll cover the most popular destinations to visit at this time of year. We’ve got the best things to do in February, so you can stop dreaming and start booking!

1. York, England

There is something quintessentially British about York. The city is filled with winding streets, a myriad of shops and restaurants, and a deep history to unravel as you go. The surrounding region of Yorkshire is one of the most beautiful places in the UK, filled with rolling hills and lush forests.

It is the perfect destination for walkers, as York itself was voted the UK’s 2nd-most walkable city in 2023 by CityDays , and the nearby landscape is also ideal for hill walking. So grab your boots and stretch your legs; it’s time to head to York!

Things to do:

-Explore the Shambles, which many believe to be the inspiration for Diagon Alley, or at least eerily similar. Follow this with a visit to York’s Castle Museum or climbing Clifford’s Tower . And if you don’t scare too easily (or even if you do), sign up for the Ghost Trail of York . -Head to Spurn Point in East Yorkshire. Described by the Wildlife Trust as ‘Yorkshire’s very own Land’s End’, this constantly moving peninsula in the North Sea is never the same on two trips. You’ll find solitude like no other, simply listening to the screech of sea birds and gently lapping waves.

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

2. The Cambrian Way, Wales

For your February getaway, embark on one of the best mountainous road trips in the UK. Summer is a great time to visit the coast, so use winter to explore the incredible mountains of the UK. The Cambrian Way cuts through the heart of Wales, taking you from the north to the south over 185 miles of incredible scenery. 

Most of it requires you to simply follow the A470, but prepare for some increasingly wild and rugged sections. You can easily combine this route with a stop in the capital city of Cardiff, or extend it with a stay in Snowdonia National Park.

-Visit the ‘Welsh Lake District,’ also known as the Elan Valley. It’s considered to be a stargazer’s paradise, perfect for a night spent outdoors. It is further known for its huge dams and flowing rivers, ideal for hiking.

-Bring your bikes or rent some once there, as there are plenty of excellent biking trails in this region. In particular, head to Coed Y Brenin Forest for the best cycle routes.

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

3. Norfolk, England

Every year, visitors flock to the UK just to visit the stunning region of Norfolk, which is considered by many to be one of the most scenic landscapes in the world. You’ll quickly understand why once you take in the 280 miles of protected coastline, which has been classified as an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

-A rainy day can easily be spent in the Museum of the Broads , which features plenty of interesting exhibits. You can learn about the history of the region, including the First World War, the M&GN Railway, and the brewery industry. 

-While in Norfolk, set aside a few hours to spend at the beach. You’ll have plenty of options, including Holkham Beach, Mundesley Beach and Horsey Beach. 

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

4. Edinburgh, Scotland

Visiting Edinburgh isn’t your typical city trip, as the Scottish capital is actually one of the UK’s most beautiful cities. Filled with cobbled streets, colourful buildings, a historic old town and a lively music scene, this is a great contender for where to go on holiday in February.

If your trip gets some unfortunate grey weather, you can easily seek shelter in one of the many museums and galleries that showcase the best of Edinburgh. You’ll also find plenty of excellent independent stores, cafes, antique shops, and pubs around the city.

-Looking to stretch your legs? There is plenty of walking to be done in Edinburgh, but if you’re looking for a longer walk, hike up to Arthur’s Seat. From here, you’ll get an unparalleled view of the city. 

-Travelling with any Potterheads? Take them on the Potter Trail , a free tour of several locations that inspired the famous magical book series. 

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

5. The Cotswolds, England

We love to visit the Cotswolds all year round, but one of the perks of going in February is how quiet and tranquil it will be. This place is magical, with picturesque cottages that have ivy creeping up their walls and cobblestoned paths leading up to them. You almost expect the trees to have faces and the birds to start singing.

This is one of the best  weekend trips from London , and perfect if you’ve only got a night or two to spare. 

-Rumour has it that the breathtaking St Edward’s Church in Stow-on-the-Wold inspired J.R.R Tolkien’s Doors of Durin . Tolkien took numerous trips to the Cotswolds, and the similarity is definitely noticeable. Either way, it’s a beautiful church that looks straight out of a fairytale.

-As one of the most dog-friendly places in the UK, we recommend bringing your pup along to the Cotswolds. You’ll find many great dog walking routes, such as Cleeve Hill, which is the highest point in the Cotswolds, offering incredible views over Cheltenham and the surrounding landscape. We also have a dog-friendly guide to the Cotswolds , for more tips!

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

6. Cardiff, Wales

When you’re considering where to go on holiday in February, a city trip may quickly spring to mind. If you’re looking to lose yourself in the bustle of a new city, then head to Cardiff. This is a great city to visit with the whole family, or even on your own. 

It was voted one of the ‘World’s Top 10 Must-Visit Cities’ by Lonely Planet, and is considered Europe’s third-best capital city to live in. Within Cardiff, you can get a taste of history, arts, science and a surprising amount of nature.

-Cardiff is known as the ‘City of Castles,’ so be sure to visit some during your trip. A popular choice is St. Fagan’s Castle, which is part of the St. Fagan’s National History Museum . Nestled in the heart of the city, you’ll find the magnificent Cardiff Castle. This towering stone structure has stood for almost 2,000 years and is open for tours throughout the week.

-Were you a Roald Dahl fan as a child? The famous author was actually born and raised in Cardiff. While here, you can visit Roald Dahl Plass, which was named after him. It’s home to the Senedd (Welsh Parliament Building) and the Wales Millennium Centre.

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

7. Dartmoor National Park, England

Dartmoor National Park is known for its wide open spaces and complete tranquillity. It’s the perfect place to recover from the hectic nature of the festive period and January, making it one of the best places to visit in the UK in February.

You’ll quickly forget the woes of daily life, and be surrounded by incredible natural beauty. Dartmoor National Park happens to be one of the best places to visit in the UK in winter . It’s likely that you won’t run into many people during this quieter period, as long as you don’t count the wild ponies roaming around.

-You’ll find no better way to take in the stunning Dartmoor landscape than a hike. From Bellever Forest in central Dartmoor, you can take an exhilarating walk to the granite outcrop of Bellever Tor. This is best followed by a picnic by the East Dart River — so you can catch your breath!

-There are three prehistoric sites worth visiting in Dartmoor, all of which are English Heritage sites: Merrivale Prehistoric Settlement, Grimspound, and the Upper Plym Valley. This is the best way to discover what was happening on the moor over 4,000 years ago and fit a bit of education into your holiday.

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

8. Isle of Skye, Scotland

There is something truly magical about the Isle of Skye. Renowned for its rich history, picturesque landscapes, majestic ruins and endless beaches, the Isle of Skye is too spectacular to only be visited during the summer months. It is filled with great things to do in February, as long as you wrap up warm and bring a dry set of clothes!

-Quiraing is considered to be a must-visit for both hiking and photography enthusiasts. The views from the top of this challenging climb are unlike anything you’ve ever seen. The region was formed as a result of a landslip, resulting in high cliffs and plateaus. The path is roughly 4.2 miles long, and takes two hours to complete without any breaks. But be warned: this is not for inexperienced hikers!

-Warm up from the chilly weather with a good, strong drink. Located in Carbost, Talisker Distillery is the island’s oldest working distillery. You can take a tour of the facilities to learn all about how their whisky is made and taste their award-winning Talisker Single Malt Scotch Whisky.

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

9. Cairngorms National Park, Scotland

This is one of the most beautiful national parks in Scotland, if not the whole of the UK. It’s an ideal and one of the best  weekend trips from Edinburgh or can be easily combined with a visit to the capital city of Scotland. 

Aside from being one of the largest national parks in the UK, the Cairngorms are renowned for hill walking, biking, bird watching, photography and more. You might even catch some snow while you’re there, so be sure to prepare for winter camping in a motorhome .

-Dust off your walking boots and tackle one of the many great hiking routes in the Cairngorms . If you’re looking for a shorter and easier hike, try the Falls of Bruar, which is only one and a half miles. Or, for more of a challenge, attempt the four trails of Muir of Dinnet, which are eight miles in total.

-Looking to take a week off your February road trip? Then you’ve got more than enough time to complete the Snow Roads Scenic Route road trip ! This 90-mile journey takes you through the best of the Cairngorms National Park and along picturesque villages and woods.

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

10. Belfast, Northern Ireland

One place that will never run out of things to do in February is Belfast. This bustling city is known for its grungy atmosphere, which people seem to either love or hate. Well, we love it, and we have no doubt that you will too!

A major aspect of Belfast is the difficult history and challenges faced, and how the citizens have overcome these and built a home for arts, culture and knowledge. There is so much to learn and experience in Belfast, and it’s the perfect city trip for a weekend.

-You’ve likely seen the film starring Leonard DiCaprio and Kate Winslet, so why not learn the real story behind this infamous ship at the Titanic Experience? Follow it with a stroll through the Titanic Quarter, where you can experience a large-scale waterfront regeneration, consisting of historic maritime landmarks, film studios, entertainment services and more.

-Foodies will adore St George’s Market, which is situated in a gorgeous Victorian building and offers fresh local produce, arts and crafts, live music and more. The perfect place to spend a cold February evening!

Best places to visit in the UK in February getaway things to do in February

Hire a winter-ready motorhome

Vehicle 3 – Surprisingly roomy 2023 V Line 669S campervan for touring and festivals

Fleurine Tideman

Best Places to See the Stars in the UK and Europe

  • Stay up to date on great motorhome destinations
  • Receive exclusive deals and promotions
  • Found a nice motorhome? Save it for later

Goboony uses cookies and similar technologies to provide our service to you. They also help make our communication to you easier and more personalised. With these cookies Goboony (and third parties), can track your internet behavior inside and outside Goboony. Some are necessary to help our website work properly and can't be switched off, and some are optional but support Goboony and your experience in other ways. Using cookies, we (and third parties) adapt our website, advertisements and communication to better suit your interests. You can accept the cookies by clicking on the button below. If you cookie-modal#acceptNecessaryCookies">refuse them we will only use functional and analytical cookies. Read our cookie policy .

Travel Through Life

  • North America
  • Gift Guides
  • Starting a Travel Blog
  • Travel Packing Lists
  • Travel with Kids
  • Submit a Guest Post!
  • Who Are We?
  • Why We Travel
  • Our Media Kit

Five February Places to Visit in the UK Travel Guide Photo via Flickr CC User Nic Trott

Blog , Europe , Travel Destinations

Five february places to visit in the uk.

Whether you’re traveling to the UK on a budget or visiting in the winter for no reason, February is the best time to visit for a variety of reasons. For starters, it’s at the tail end of the low season. That means you can easily find a cheap flight. As you’ll see after arriving, there are plenty of indoor attractions worth exploring. Of course, there are some of the famed favorites that everyone talks about. But let’s start with five February places to visit in the UK that should figure into your future travel plans!

Looking for cheap hotels in London to start your stay? Check here for the best pricing and availability! 

Featured Image courtesy of Flickr user Nic Trott . This article about February places to visit in the UK was originally created on December 23, 2017. It has been maintained and updated (as of November 21, 2018) to reflect current viewpoints and travel trends.

February weather in the UK is cold and damp and temperatures stay in the low to high 40s. That just means you’ll need to bring some warm clothes to enjoy your trip. If you’ve never visited the UK before, you might also ask, “What time is it in London?”   Between end-October and end-March, England and the rest of the UK observe Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) and during the rest of the year, clocks go forward one hour and British Summer Time (BST) goes into effect. So, if you’re traveling to the UK from the United States in February, remember that you’ll be on GMT, which is five hours ahead of Eastern Time and eight hours ahead of Pacific Time.

Heathrow & Hayes, England

Holidays in UK London Motor Museum Photo by Flickr User Steve Parker

Once you land at Heathrow Airport in West London , spend or night or two in nearby  Hayes  and enjoy some of London’s finest February and Valentine’s Day activities . You have easy access to London from Hayes and if you feel like staying close, visit the London Motor Museum . It’s one of the best places to visit in England. That’s thanks to its exquisite collection of cars that are definitely worth writing home about. Take it easy at the Ki Spa , get a nice massage, and forget that anything else outside awaits.

Bristol, England

UK Where to go in February Bristol Cathedral Photo by Flickr User Heather Cowper

Explore Bristol and learn about one of England’s most historic maritime cities. There are plenty of things to do in Bristol,  including Brunell’s SS Great Britain and enjoying wonderful views from the Clifton Suspension Bridge . If you’re looking to stay indoors, visit the nearly millennium-old Bristol Cathedral for a mix of history and beauty that’s really hard to top throughout the United Kingdom!

Liverpool, England

Places to go in England Merseyside Maritime Museum Photo by Flickr User Jennifer Boyer

February is a great time to visit  Liverpool , but you also have a chance to follow two of English football’s most storied clubs that play here. Liverpool’s music scene is still kicking, and those who want a music history lesson should stop by Casbah Coffee Club and The Beatles Story . There are tons of other indoor activities, including the Merseyside Maritime Museum and the Museum of Liverpool to keep you entertained and warm.

For more  background on this city, check out  Liverpool: the Rise, Fall, and Renaissance of a World Class City   by Ken Pye.

Glasgow, Scotland

UK Best Places to Visit in February Glengoyne Distillery Photo by Flickr User Stephan Ridgway

Scotland’s largest city is full of fun things to do in February, especially inside. Art lovers will definitely enjoy the Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum , among many others, and since  Glasgow  is a famous port city, there’s the exquisite Riverside Museum of Transport and Travel . It’d be hard to visit Scotland without sampling some of its fine whiskey, which means visitors will have to stop by the Glengoyne Distillery in Glasgow for an afternoon tour.

Belfast, Northern Ireland

Where to go in UK Titanic Belfast Photo by Flickr User Nico Kaiser

Head over to Northern Ireland and top off your UK February travels in  Belfast . Relive the history and grandeur that came with the world’s most famous ship at Titanic Belfast , a museum that commemorates its construction in the city. Visitors can also enjoy the Grand Opera House and the Ulster Museum , with the latter offering free admission. History lovers will have to stop by Belfast’s Crumlin Road Gaol and have a look at one of the world’s most harrowed prisons.

Our Thoughts and Yours, Too!

Whether you’re a seasoned visitor or this your first trip across the pond, these destinations will be a perfect fit for your UK February travel itinerary. Enjoy your stay, and tell your friends just how much fun it can be to travel during the low season! Is there somewhere that you’d like to add to visit in the UK during February? We’d love to read your thoughts in the comments section below.

' src=

Christina Riley

Christina is an accidental photographer who also dabbles in writing about her life in North Carolina and travels beyond the Tar Heel State.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

  • Author Archive
  • Date Archive
  • Search Results
  • explore europe in the cooler months
  • Privacy Policy

Sign up for Newsletter

Signup for our newsletter to get notified about sales and new products. Add any text here or remove it.

Europe in Winter

  • Northern Europe
  • Southern Europe
  • Western Europe
  • Eastern Europe

Uncategorized

15 top things to do in the uk in february (2024 guide).

best uk cities to visit in february

Are you off to the UK in February? 

While this winter month is far out of the peak season to explore the UK, there’s plenty going on!

You’ll find end-of-winter festivals, Valentine’s Day events and Shrove Tuesday activities. 

There’s also the chance to enjoy cooler weather – especially in the Scottish Highlands – and there’s a chance of snow all over the country.

So, what to do in the UK in February? I’m from the UK, and here are my favourite February festivals, celebrations and things to do.

Table of Contents

What to do in the UK in February

From Valentine’s Day celebrations in the UK to where to celebrate Lunar New Year in England, here are my top local attractions and activities!

1. Celebrate the Lunar New Year in London 

best uk cities to visit in february

10th February 2024

London’s Lunar New Year celebration is a vibrant and inclusive event, welcoming the East Asian New Year with a blend of traditional and contemporary festivities. 

As you walk through the streets of Chinatown, one of the largest in Europe , red lanterns sway above and the sounds of music and laughter fill the air. 

The main event is the grand parade, featuring colourful dragons and lions dancing to the beat of drums, a symbol of good luck and prosperity.

At Trafalgar Square, you can witness spectacular stage performances showcasing Chinese dance, music, and martial arts. 

The array of food stalls offers you a chance to savour authentic Chinese cuisine, with mouth-watering dishes like dumplings, Peking duck, and sweet rice balls.

Family-friendly activities are abundant, with calligraphy workshops, traditional craft sessions, and storytelling that introduce you to the rich cultural heritage of Asia. 

2. Jorvik Viking Festival in York

12th – 18th February 2024

Each February , York takes a step back to its Viking roots with the Jorvik Viking Festival . 

This immersive event brings history to life; you’ll journey into the world of the Norsemen who once ruled the city. 

Artisans display their crafts , showcasing skills like blacksmithing and leatherworking, giving you a glimpse into Viking daily life.

A key highlight is the reenactments , where skilled actors in authentic Viking attire engage in fierce battles and demonstrate the art of ancient warfare. 

Interactive workshops and talks provide a deeper understanding of Viking history and culture. 

You can participate in activities like archery, coin minting, and even learn about Norse mythology. 

The Viking camp is a must-visit, where you can interact with the ‘Vikings,’ ask questions, and observe their way of life.

The festival culminates in a dramatic finale, often featuring a torch-lit parade and a boat burning, a nod to the traditional Norse funeral.

3. Scottish Snowdrop Festival

best uk cities to visit in february

Throughout February

The Scottish Snowdrop Festival marks the end of winter and the beginning of spring. 

From early February to March , various gardens and woodlands across Scotland open their gates to reveal a stunning display of delicate white snowdrops. 

You’re invited to stroll through historic estates, private gardens, and scenic woodlands. 

The festival even includes gardens that are not typically open to the public!

Some venues even host guided walks, talks, and workshops, enhancing your understanding and appreciation of these resilient flowers.

4. Dark Skies Festival in North York Moors and Yorkshire Dales

9th – 25th February 2024

The Dark Skies Festival is a celebration of the stunning night skies in the North York Moors and Yorkshire Dales National Parks.

 These areas, known for their minimal light pollution , offer some of the best stargazing opportunities in the UK.

During the February festival, you have the chance to gaze at the stars, planets, and galaxies through telescopes, guided by experts who share fascinating insights into the cosmos. 

The event features a variety of activities suitable for all ages , including night sky photography workshops, where you can learn how to capture the beauty of the celestial canopy.

Family-friendly events, such as storytelling sessions under the stars and planetarium shows, make the festival an ideal outing for those with children.

5. Attend the Bath Bachfest, Bath

best uk cities to visit in february

15th – 17th February 2024

The Bath Bachfest is a classical music festival held annually, celebrating the works of Johann Sebastian Bach and his contemporaries. 

Set in the historic city of Bath, renowned for its Roman-built baths and Georgian architecture, the festival is an idyllic backdrop for music enthusiasts.

The festival’s program encompasses a carefully curated selection of concerts , with performances by world-class musicians and ensembles. 

You’ll have the opportunity to hear Bach’s compositions, ranging from intimate chamber music to grand orchestral pieces, in some of Bath’s most beautiful venues, including Bath Abbey and the Assembly Rooms.

One of the unique aspects of the Bath Bachfest is the focus on authentic performance practices. 

Many of the musicians specialize in Baroque music and play period instruments, offering you a chance to experience the music as it would have sounded in Bach’s time!

The festival often includes educational talks and masterclasses, where you can gain insights into Bach’s life, his influence on music, and the historical context of his work. 

6. Kew Gardens’ Orchid Festival, London

3rd February – 3rd March 2024

Explore stunning orchids at the Orchid Festival at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew . 

Kew Gardens, with its expansive collection of plants from around the world, becomes a tropical paradise during the festival!

As you enter the Princess of Wales Conservatory , you’re greeted by a dazzling display of orchids in all shapes, sizes, and colours. 

The festival’s theme changes each year, often inspired by a specific country or region.

The carefully designed displays not only highlight the beauty of orchids but also educate you about their ecological importance and Kew’s conservation work. 

You can marvel at the intricate designs, featuring orchids arranged in artistic installations, such as cascading waterfalls, arches, and sculptures.

Interactive workshops and talks are available, giving you the chance to learn more about orchid care, their natural habitats, and the challenges they face in the wild. 

The festival is a feast for the senses, with the vivid colours and delicate fragrances of the orchids creating an enchanting atmosphere.

7. Valentine’s at the Natural History Museum, London

On 14 February 2024, the Natural History Museum in South Kensington becomes a romantic evening venue for its special Valentine’s event!

Perfect for couples and individuals alike, this event invites you to explore the wonders of the natural world in an intimate setting!

As you wander through the museum galleries after hours, enjoy a complimentary beer, wine, or soft drink. The museum’s vast collection, from ancient fossils to exotic specimens, is a fascinating backdrop for a night of discovery and romance.

The event offers a variety of activities to make your evening even more memorable. 

Dance classes add a fun and interactive element to the night – you and your partner can sway together amidst the museum’s exhibits. 

There’s even a harpist playing by the stegosaurus! 

Expect a photobooth to grab a keepsake!

Your ticket also grants you admission to the world-famous Wildlife Photographer of the Year exhibition. 

8. Take a Whisky Tasting Tour in Scotland

Glass of whiskey in the old cellar

Embark on a whisky-tasting tour in Scotland in Februar y!

As you journey through Scotland’s whisky regions, you’re greeted by the warm hospitality of local distilleries, each with its own distinct character and flavour profiles.

The tours boast an in-depth look into the whisky-making process, from malting and mashing to fermentation and ageing. 

You’ll learn about the importance of terroir, the influence of cask types, and the art of blending. 

Tasting sessions mean you can sample a variety of whiskies, including single malts and blends, under the guidance of knowledgeable distillers or guides. 

These tastings often include rare and aged expressions, offering a sensory journey through Scotland’s liquid gold.

Scotland’s whisky regions, such as Speyside, Islay, the Highlands, and the Lowlands , each have different distilleries. 

Speyside is known for its sweet and fruity whiskies, Islay for its peaty and smoky flavours, the Highlands for its diversity, and the Lowlands for lighter, more floral drams. 

9. Attend the Leicester Comedy Festival

Aerial photo of the city centre of Leicester in the UK showing houses and apartment building on a sunny summers day

7th – 25th February 2024

The Leicester Comedy Festival is one of the UK’s longest-running and most diverse comedy events. 

As you immerse yourself in this festival, you’ll experience a broad spectrum of comedic talent, from well-established stars to emerging comedians.

The festival’s lineup includes a mix of stand-up, sketch shows, improv, and spoken word. 

One of the unique aspects of the Leicester Comedy Festival is its c ommitment to nurturing new talent. 

The festival includes competitions and showcases for up-and-coming comedians, giving you a chance to discover the next big names in comedy. These shows are often more intimate.

In addition to the performances, the festival often features comedy-related workshops, Q&A sessions with comedians, and panel discussions. 

These events provide insights into the creative process behind comedy and the industry as a whole.

10. Shetland Fire Festivals

Up helly aa traditional viking fire festival on Shetland men marching with torches

The Shetland Fire Festivals , held throughout the winter months, are a spectacular display of tradition and community spirit unique to the Shetland Islands. 

The most famous of these is Up Helly Aa , celebrated in Lerwick and other towns. They honour the islands’ Viking heritage.

As you attend these festivals, you’ll be transported into a world of Norse legends and traditions. 

The festivals encompass a series of torch-lit processions, where participants, known as guizers, dress in elaborate costumes, often inspired by Viking warriors or mythical figures.

 The sight of hundreds of torchbearers marching through the dark, winter streets is a mesmerising and almost otherworldly atmosphere.

The climax of the festival is the burning of a Viking longship. 

The guizers circle the meticulously crafted galley, singing traditional songs before setting it ablaze with their torches. 

This dramatic spectacle is a symbolic farewell to the darker winter months and a welcome to the returning light.

Alongside the main event, the festivals include a variety of performances, dances, and community gatherings, where you can experience the warmth and hospitality of the Shetland people. 

11. Inter-Livery Pancake Race at Guildhall Yard, London

13th February 2024

The Inter-Livery Pancake Race , held annually on Shrove Tuesday , is a unique and entertaining event set in the heart of London’s historic financial district. 

On 13 February, from 11:30am to 3:00pm, members of the ancient Liveries of London, dressed in their full regalia, compete in this pancake-flipping race!

As you join the crowds at Guildhall Yard , you’re treated to a spectacle of tradition and friendly competition. The race is organized by the Poulters’ Company, historically egg suppliers, and features participants from various Liveries. 

The Clockmakers time the race, the Gunmakers fire the starting pistol, and the Glovers provide the white gloves worn by the racers. Additionally, the Fruiterers contribute lemons, and the Cutlers supply the forks!

The event is lighthearted and fun, with 30 teams competing in their traditional attire. The goal is not just to run the fastest but to skillfully flip pancakes in a frying pan while doing so. 

The highlight is the presentation of the coveted frying pan trophy to the winning team!

12. Soak in Bath Thermae Spa

Bath, known for its historic Roman-built baths, is home to the Thermae Bath Spa – the only natural thermal spa in Britain!

Visiting the spa is a must-do experience in the winter – here you’ll enjoy a blend of the city’s ancient heritage and modern luxury. The naturally warm, mineral-rich waters are a relaxing and rejuvenating soak, perfect for unwinding and revitalizing.

The spa features a range of facilities, including the Minerva Bath, named after the Roman goddess of health and wisdom. 

This large thermal pool, with its gentle currents and massage jets, invites you to relax and enjoy the therapeutic benefits of the waters. 

The highlight is the open-air rooftop pool , where you can soak in the warm waters while enjoying panoramic views of the historic city and the surrounding hills.

Additional spa facilities include a series of steam rooms infused with aromatic essences, a refreshing ice chamber, and the Wellness Suite, offering a variety of relaxation experiences. 

For a complete indulgence, you can opt for a spa treatment, such as a massage or a facial, using natural and locally sourced products.

Soaking in the Bath Thermae Spa is an opportunity to connect with Bath’s rich history. 

13. Enjoy a Staycation with No Crowds in Cornwall

best uk cities to visit in february

Cornwall , with its rugged coastline, sandy beaches, and charming villages, is a wonderful destination for a staycation, especially in the quieter months! It’s one of my favourite places in England in winter .

Without the summer crowds, you can explore Cornwall’s natural beauty and cultural attractions at a leisurely pace.

The coastline boasts breathtaking scenery, with dramatic cliffs, secluded coves, and picturesque harbours. 

Take coastal walks, visit historic lighthouses, and discover hidden beaches – you’ll often have these stunning landscapes all to yourself!

The South West Coast Path encompasses miles of scenic trails.

Cornwall’s towns and villages , such as St. Ives, Padstow, and Falmouth , are full of character and charm. 

In the off-season, wander the narrow streets, visit local art galleries, and enjoy fresh seafood at cosy restaurants without the wait. 

Visiting Cornwall’s gardens and estates, such as the Lost Gardens of Heligan and the Eden Project, is wonderfully serene in February. 

14. Explore London’s Historic Attractions in the Off-Season

London symbols with BIG BEN, DOUBLE DECKER BUSES and Red Phone Booth in England, UK

Visit London’s historic attractions during the off-season and experience the city’s rich heritage without the usual crowds! 

This quieter period is ideal for seeing landmarks and museums.

Iconic sites like the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and the Houses of Parliament are steeped in history and showcase fascinating insights into London’s past. 

With fewer tourists, you’ll have the opportunity to take your time, absorbing the details and stories that make these places special. 

Guided tours at these attractions are often more personal and informative in the off-season.

London’s world-class museums, such as the British Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum, and the Natural History Museum , are brimming with art, history, and science and are ideal for chilly February days .

During the quieter months, you can explore the exhibits at your own pace, taking in the vast collections without feeling rushed!

Strolling through London’s historic neighbourhoods, like Covent Garden, Soho, and Greenwich , is a delightful experience when the streets are less crowded. 

15. Go Skiing in Scotland 

best uk cities to visit in february

Scotland boasts plenty of skiing opportunities, especially in the Cairngorms, the Nevis Range, and Glenshee.

These ski resorts provide a range of slopes suitable for beginners, intermediates, and advanced skiers.

The Cairngorms National Park is home to the Cairngorm Mountain Resor t which is known for its picturesque setting and reliable snow conditions. The resort showcases a variety of runs, a ski school for beginners, and equipment rentals, making it an ideal destination for a winter sports getaway!

The Nevis Range, near Fort William, boasts the highest ski area in Scotland and offers breathtaking views of the surrounding mountains and lochs.

The resort caters to all levels, with gentle slopes for beginners and challenging off-piste areas for experienced skiers.

Glenshee, Scotland’s largest ski resort, spans four mountains and three valleys, offering an extensive network of runs. 

The resort is known for its varied terrain, making it a popular choice for both families and seasoned skiers.

Skiing in Scotland is weather-dependent, with the best conditions typically from January to March. It’s not always guaranteed to be open or skiable in February, but it’s possible.

Now you know the best UK February travel tips and hacks!

While the UK isn’t at its busiest in February, there’s still plenty to do.

Hopefully, this article’s helped with your inspiration. Enjoy the UK in February!

' src=

Claire Martin

Claire is an expert in exploring Europe in the winter! She's from the UK and has been to over 20 countries on the continent in the winter season. She loves every bit of Europe in the cooler months, including finding winter sunshine in Spain, skiing in the Alps and the charm of the Nordic countries in the festive season.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

12 things to do and places to visit in February in the UK

  • 12 things to do and places to visit in February in the UK

February is the UK’s final month of winter and there are plenty of exciting things to do and places to visit before spring starts to roll around.

So, if you’re looking for some ideas and inspiration for how to spend your time this month, here are 12 things to do and upcoming events in the UK this February. From music and literature events, to classic car shows and comedy festivals, hopefully there’ll be something to spark everyone’s interest.

1. Visit Europe’s largest Viking festival, York

This February, the Vikings are back for their annual invasion of the city of York. Jorvik Viking Festival is the largest celebration of Norse heritage in Europe. It’s hosted in the world-famous JORVIK Viking Centre , which sits on the site of one of the most groundbreaking discoveries of modern archaeology.

With tours, talks, family events, and dramatic battle reenactments, whether you’re a history enthusiast or not, there’s something to keep everyone entertained.

Plus, this year, guests also have the opportunity to enjoy three special events: The Viking Banquet where you’ll be welcomed by torch-bearing Vikings; the Viking Games , which features a battle between hundreds of warriors; and the Festival Finale where you can enjoy tales from the nine worlds connected by The World Tree of Norse mythology. Tickets are required for these events.

For more information about what to expect and to book tickets for specific events, head over to the JORVIK Viking Centre website. This year, the festival will run from Monday 12th to Sunday 18th February.

2. Celebrate Chinese New Year, London

Celebrate Chinese New Year, London

This year, Chinese New Year falls on Saturday 10th February and will kickstart the ‘Year of the Dragon’. Of the 12 Chinese zodiac signs, the dragon represents power, vigour, nobility, and luck, and is seen as bringing good fortune.

Celebrating Chinese New Year is a great way to get out of the house and experience some of England’s vibrant and diverse culture – and luckily, there are plenty of ways to get involved.

The London Chinese New Year Parade will set off from Charing Cross Road on 10th February, as Trafalgar Square, Chinatown, and the West End all fill up with thousands of people in the world’s largest Lunar New Year Celebration outside of Asia.

If you’d prefer to avoid the crowds, the London Science Museum’s new exhibition, Zimingzhong – Clockwork Treasures from China’s Forbidden City , is a wonderful way to learn more about Chinese culture. The exhibition includes dancers, traditional Chinese crafts, interactive poetry workshops, and a silent disco.

Check out this guide to Chinese New Year 2024 in London from Visit London for more information on how to get involved.

While London is generally the most famous UK location for celebrating Chinese New Year, if this is too far away for you, Liverpool, Manchester, and Birmingham are great places to celebrate too.

Northern Europe Luxury Cruise - London (Southampton) to Reykjavik on Jun 23, 2025*

Europe | 14 nights | Book with Regent Seven Seas Cruises

From £11,899pp

3. Immerse yourself in literature at BookFest, Portsmouth

Immerse yourself in literature at BookFest, Portsmouth

If you’re a bookworm or literary enthusiast, then you’ll likely enjoy the exciting range of events taking place in Portsmouth at BookFest this February.

Now in its 13th year, the first week of BookFest (February half-term) is children’s week, which involves writing workshops and a dinosaur event. But adult events follow for the two weeks after.

This year, BookFest is welcoming Dame Sheila Hancock and poet John Agard for the first time. Dame Sheila will be discussing her excellent book Old Rage and John Agard will be sharing about his life and poetry. Other guests include Laura Gowers, Fergus Shanahan, and Isabel Ashdown.

BookFest’s ever-popular crime fiction event, MysteryFest , will also make a return on Saturday 24th February. Featuring 11 authors, some of whom are international bestsellers, MysteryFest is a day full of talks and panels discussing everything crime fiction.

This year, the adults programme at BookFest will run from 26th February to 3rd March.

4. Play Topgolf, UK-wide

Play Topgolf, UK-wide

If you enjoy golf with a twist, you might be interested in playing Topgolf this February. The aim of Topgolf is to hit microchipped golf balls towards giant targets on an outfield; the further your distance and closer you get to the centre of a target, the more points you earn.

Outdoor golf might seem more of a summer activity, but each hitting bay at Topgolf is climate-controlled. So, it’s great in the winter too and makes for an enjoyable way to get outside without having to worry about getting chilly.

Top Golf requires no prior golfing ability, so you can rest assured that a good swing isn’t needed to score points. And, paired with the good food and drinks on offer, Topgolf is a fantastic, reinvented way to enjoy a day at the driving range with friends.

Topgolf currently has four venues across the UK located in Chigwell, Watford, Glasgow, and Surrey.

Alternatively, if there isn’t a Topgolf near you, crazy golf is an equally fun option. Dotted all over the UK, you can use this handy tool from Crazy Golf UK to search for courses near you.

From £899pp - Albanian Rivera Holiday

Save 40% on this incredible tour to Albania. Spend a week exploring this ancient culture without sacrificing time to relax on the famed Albanian Riviera. Visit Berat, Blue Eye National Park, Tirana and more on this incredible adventure. All flights, accommodation and activities are included, and with availability from June 2024, your summer holiday awaits!

Price and availability accurate as of 9:00am 20th April 2024.

Book now with Exoticca

5. Get back to nature at the Fort William Mountain Festival, Lochaber

Set in the outdoor capital of the UK, Fort William Mountain Festival is an annual five-day event that celebrates the spectacular outside world.

The festival, run by a group of volunteers, aims to inspire and encourage its visitors to respect and protect the environment. This year’s programme includes inspiring talks from guest speakers, engaging films, and outdoor guided ‘explore’ events – including foraging, night runs, and wild swimming.

It’s a wonderful opportunity to escape everyday life and immerse yourself in the beauty of nature.

Check out the full programme on the Fort William Mountain Festival website. This year, the festival will run from 15th to 18th February.

Highland Trail inspired by Outlander*

£551 off | Scotland | 13 days | Book with Trafalgar

From £3,124pp £3,675pp  

6. Visit Kent’s biggest blue’s festival, Broadstairs

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Adam Sweet (@adamsweetmusic)

Kent’s biggest blues festival is back in Broadstairs for another year. From Thursday 15th to Sunday 18th February, 100 bands will be playing top-quality blues music all over the town.

This year’s lineup includes the Cinelli Brothers, Zac Schulze, and Alligator Cats, who’ll be playing across a range of venues – from intimate wine bars, friendly pubs, and the famous pavilion (which is where the Saturday night headline acts are playing).

And even better news is that apart from the Saturday night performance, the rest of the festival is free.

Canterbury & Kent*

England | 6 days | Book with Ramble Worldwide

From £940pp

7. Get inspired at a Dark Skies Festival, UK-wide

Get inspired at a Dark Skies Festival, UK-wide

National Parks remain some of the darkest places in Great Britain and throughout autumn and winter, various festivals take place to celebrate our starlit skies.

Dark Skies Festivals are designed to help people discover, enjoy, and learn more about the night sky. Activities include walking, cycling, running, and caving at night; as well as stargazing, parties, and daytime events where you can learn more about topics like star constellations.

Several Dark Skies Festivals are taking place this February, including in Northumberland , Wales, the South Downs , and the Yorkshire Dales . To see what’s happening near you, head over to the Dark Skies National Parks website .

4 Night Western Yorkshire Dales Walking with Sightseeing Holiday*

6% off | Yorkshire Dales | 4 nights | Book with HF Holidays

From £699pp

8. Enjoy good food and drink at Wakefield Rhubarb Festival, Wakefield

View this post on Instagram A post shared by James Dabbs Marquees (@jamesdabbsmarquees)

Wakefield’s annual Rhubarb Festival has become a staple event in West Yorkshire since its debut in 1999. The city’s links with rhubarb stem from the fact that Wakefield, Leeds, and Bradford were once responsible for producing 90% of the world’s forced rhubarb.

This year, the festival is set to return bigger and better than ever before. With over 50 chalets to explore, you can sample and buy local delights, including the finest gins, jams, cheese, pickles, baked goods – and, of course, plenty of rhubarb-themed food and drink.

There’s also a range of workshops on offer at the festival, as well as live street entertainment and a new programme of chef demos where you can brush up on your culinary skills. On Friday and Saturday evening, head to the Rhu-bar Comedy Night where comedians Angelos Epithemiou and Britain’s Got Talent’s Lost Voice Guy will be performing.

Wakefield Rhubarb Festival will run from Friday 16th to Sunday 18th February this year. If you’re a keen foodie, this isn’t one to miss.

7 Night Southern Yorkshire Dales Christmas & New Year Guided Walking Holiday*

Yorkshire Dales | 7 nights | Book with HF Holidays

From £1,325pp

Get a great deal on your next holiday

Looking to book your next getaway? Here’s a selection of the best travel deals on Rest Less today.

From £1,499pp £2,729 – Adventure through China* >

45% off | 16 Days | Flights & Accommodation Included | Book with Exoticca

From £939pp – Tenerife Coast & Country* >

7 Nights | Flights & Transfers Included | Book with Travel Department

From £222pp – South Aegean Islands Holidays* >

Greece | Flights Included | Book with TUI

Prices and availability accurate as of 9:00a m 9th April 2024.

Or see all travel deals

9. Learn something new at the Northern Irish Science Festival, Belfast

View this post on Instagram A post shared by NI Science Festival (@niscifest)

Since its beginnings in 2014, the Northern Irish (NI) Science Festival has grown to become one of the leading science festivals across Europe.

The festival includes a programme of 225 events covering a range of fascinating topics from engineering and robotics to maths, physics, astronomy, and the environment.

This year’s events include the science of cosmetics, our world from space, and explorations into how AI could change science and society. Some events require booking, but others are free to attend. Check out the full programme on the NI Science Festival website.

This year, the festival will run from 15th to 25th February.

Northern Europe Luxury Cruise - Belfast to Barcelona on Jul 21, 2024*

Africa, Europe | 15 nights | Book with Regent Seven Seas Cruises

From £6,585pp

10. Visit a National Trust or English Heritage site, UK-wide

Visit a National Trust or English Heritage site, UK-wide

If you’re in the mood for fresh air and adventure this February, you might enjoy visiting a National Trust or English Heritage site.

With it being the February half-term, many sites are hosting fun events and activities alongside their usual openings.

Solve a murder mystery at Scotney Castle in Kent, transport back to the 1920s at Nunnington Hall in North Yorkshire, or learn more about the Neolithic period at Stonehenge in Salisbury.

Even if you decide not to attend specific events, historic sites make for an enjoyable day out – and during the winter you’re more likely to skip the crowds too. Check out our article, 28 of the best historical sites to visit in the UK , for ideas on where to go.

Littlecote House*

Berkshire | Book with Warner Hotels

11. Have a laugh at the Leicester Comedy Festival, Leicester

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Leicester Comedy Fest (@leicscomedyfest)

If you’re up for a laugh this February, why not take a trip to Leicester Comedy Festival?

Leicester Comedy Festival is one the biggest and longest-running comedy festivals in the UK, and this year’s lineup includes the likes of Stewart Lee, Catherine Bohart, Ross Noble, Sophie Duker, and Ania Magliano.

Running from 7th to 25th February, this year’s event celebrates the festival’s 30th year. The exciting programme reflects this milestone, with fantastic comedy shows and events set to grace several different venues across the city.

On Sunday 26th February, the festival will finish with a 30th-anniversary special, headlined by Nish Kumar. Check out the official Leicester Comedy Festival brochure to find out more.

12. Enjoy a Valentine’s day-themed activity

Enjoy a Valentine’s day-themed activity

Last but not least, Valentine’s Day falls during February and is a day that many people, single or not, enjoy getting involved with.

If you’d like to plan a Valentine’s date for someone special, you can find plenty of romantic ideas in the dating section of our website.

This could be as simple as spending the day getting creative in the kitchen and preparing something delicious. You might like to try one of the recipes from our articles, 10 Valentine’s Day baking ideas and 10 recipes for an at-home date .

Alternatively, why not put a romantic comedy on the TV to curl up in front of?

Remember, Valentine’s Day can be enjoyed by everyone, and isn’t exclusively for couples. Whether you decide to spend time with friends and family, or simply reserve the day for self-care, remember to treat yourself with love. If this is something you struggle with, have a read of our article; 8 ways to fall in love with your own company .

Search over 2,000 holiday deals

Whether you’re looking for a last-minute getaway, city break or the trip of a lifetime – our travel section has over two-thousand deals from top providers, with options to suit all budget levels.

Find my next holiday

Final thoughts…

However you like to spend your time, there are plenty of unique and exciting events to enjoy across the UK this February. From food and music festivals to events celebrating history and nature, we hope there’s something for everyone on this list.

For more fun day-out ideas, head over to the art and culture or travel sections of our website. Here, you’ll find everything from foodie hotspots and must-see historic sites to scenic walking routes and staycation inspiration.

What trips and activities do you have planned for this February? Have any of the ideas on our list sparked your interest? We’d be interested to hear from you in the comments below.

Francesca Williams is a lifestyle writer at Rest Less. She joined Rest Less in early 2021 after achieving a first-class degree in History at the University of Sheffield and qualifying as an NCTJ Gold Standard Journalist. Francesca writes across a range of lifestyle topics, specialising in health, history, and art and culture. In her spare time, Francesca likes to keep herself busy and enjoys going on walks, playing netball, going to the gym, getting involved with her local church, and socialising with friends and family.

* Links with an * by them are affiliate links which help Rest Less stay free to use as they can result in a payment or benefit to us. You can read more on how we make money here .

Continue reading...

  • 11 stunning Mediterranean cruise destinations Read more »
  • 10 romantic getaways for couples Read more »
  • Escorted European tours – 6 enchanting adventures for 2024 Read more »
  • 6 highlights from Vietnam Read more »

Get the latest ideas, advice and inspiration

No spam. Just useful and interesting stuff, straight to your inbox. Covering jobs, finance, learning, volunteering, lifestyle and more.

Enjoying Rest Less? Help us reach more people like you

Leave us a rating Want to tell us something?

PACK THE SUITCASES

DESTINATIONS

18 of the best UK city breaks for a weekend getaway

18 of the best UK city breaks | PACK THE SUITCASES

Pack The Suitcases uses affiliate links. If you make a purchase through these links, I earn a commission at no extra cost to you. Thanks!

Here are 18 of (in my opinion) the best UK city breaks for a weekend getaway when you don’t want to venture further afield. And as well as sharing my own favourite UK city breaks, I thought I’d rope in some other travel bloggers as well so that I could cover more of the country and include tips on UK cities that I’ve never visited or have visited but don’t know well enough to write about in any detail.

I asked around and some fellow travel bloggers obliged me with their own UK city break ideas. So I’ve included them below after my ones. It’s all in no particular order either. I’m not ‘ranking’ my ones and the others are just in the order other bloggers sent them to me!

You’ll notice that London is not listed. Before anyone asks why, it’s because a) I don’t like it, b) it’s already been done to death online and c) I wanted to write about great UK cities that don’t get as much attention.

So, get comfy with a cup of tea while you decide which of the best UK city breaks you fancy booking for your next weekend away. It might take you a while to read this one…

1. Liverpool: my ultimate pick of the best UK city breaks

best uk cities to visit in february

I couldn’t not kick off with the city I grew up near. Although I moved away 10 years ago, I still visit regularly and try to keep a hand in with what’s going on there. Every time I visit, I can’t believe how much Liverpool is improving and changing. It’s definitely one of the best UK city breaks, especially for tourists from abroad who want to see the ‘real’ UK rather than just the capital.

Things to see and do in Liverpool

Liverpool’s Albert Dock is a good starting point for your trip. You’ll find incredible architecture, views across the River Mersey, and some brilliant free museums/galleries. Tate Liverpool (free) is here, as well as the Museum of Liverpool (free), the Merseyside Maritime Museum (free), and the International Slavery Museum (free).

It’s then a short walk over to the Three Graces (a trio of gorgeous buildings – the Royal Liver Building, the Cunard Building and the Port of Liverpool Building), where you’ll be able to spot the famous Liver Birds on the roof. Liverpool’s skyline is unbeatable (better than New York’s in my opinion, soz) and it’s best viewed from the famous ferry rid e (as in the one ‘cross the Mersey). And yes, they play the song while you’re on it (£10 on the day or £9 advance).

Hope Street stretches from the Roman Catholic Cathedral (free) to the Anglican Cathedral (free) and beyond. If you’re in the latter, look out for the little mouse on one of the coffins (caskets?). The name ‘Hope Street’ is all about linking the two faiths. Also on Hope Street, keep an eye out for the excellent art installation ‘A case history’, a set of suitcases piled on the pavement. I couldn’t leave this out given my blog’s name, could I?!

If you’re into the Beatles, there’s obviously loads of Beatles-themed stuff to do and you could probably plan your entire trip around just that.

Where to eat in Liverpool

Liverpool has a big foodie scene and an even bigger drinking scene. My favourite place for combining the two activities has to be the Baltic Market , an industrial-style (ahem, hipster) food court featuring picnic benches and more street food pop-ups than you can shake a stick at, which reminds me – it’s also dog friendly.

Other places I like eating include Maray (try the disco cauliflower), Down the Hatch (dirty vegan burgers!), East Avenue Bakehouse (perfect for brunch), Salt House Tapas (good if you’re shopping in Liverpool One and need somewhere nearby), and last but by no means least the little hidden gem on Rodney Street, Cafe Porto (not actually a cafe but a delicious Portuguese restaurant). [ Side note: everyone I know who has been to Neon Jamon raves about it, but I’ve not been yet. I feel obliged to include it here.]

Where to drink in Liverpool

Some bars I’d recommend…

  • For cocktails/fancier drinks: Leaf (also nice for a cuppa/afternoon tea in the day), Alma de Cuba (it’s in an old church and they drop rose petals from the ceiling at midnight, which is quite a unique thing to see), The Florist (the most Instagram-tastic place I have ever seen), Alhambra in the Baltic Triangle (for some outdoor summer wine-sipping).
  • For beer: Ship & Mitre (seriously huge selection), Kazimier Garden (a little oasis in the city), and Fly in the Loaf (owned by Okell’s of Isle of Man fame!), The Dead Crafty Beer Company (if you only go to one beer place, it should be this).

Where to stay in Liverpool

While I normally stay at my parents’ when I visit Liverpool, I’ve stayed in a few city centre hotels for weddings over the years and I’d recommend the Lock and Key Hotel (a boutique-style hotel in a beautiful Georgian building with very quirky rooms), Hotel Indigo or The Nadler .

If you’re after a splurge, the Signature Living Hotel or Hope Street Hotel are good choices (and often not that expensive). For an affordable chain hotel, you can’t go wrong with an Ibis Styles , and Liverpool’s one is on Dale Street, which is dead central.

2. Manchester

best uk cities to visit in february

Manchester is the city I know best in the UK. I’ve worked here for most of my adult life and have lived in apartments all over the city centre. Some years ago, I moved out into the Cheshire/ Stockport area, but I still know Manchester like the back of my hand. Not gonna lie, we have a love/hate relationship… but I still think I’d make a decent tour guide. I’ve directed countless friends to my top tips when they’ve visited, and as much as it annoys me sometimes I can’t deny that Manchester is one of the best UK city breaks. Here’s why…

Side note: I’ve just put a few snippets of tips here as I actually have a MASSIVE   guide to Manchester post that lists everything, so go and read that for more info.

Things to see and do in Manchester

For me, Manchester is about wandering around, taking in the architecture, doing a bit of shopping and spotting the city’s famous symbol, the Manchester worker bee, on everything.

You should see the two libraries: The John Rylands Library (for Hogwarts vibes) and Manchester Central Library . Between the Whitworth Art Gallery and Manchester Art Gallery , you can pass an artsy morning easily. Discover more about Britain’s history of democracy at the People’s History Museum . This is my favourite thing in Manchester: it’s a million times better than it sounds. If you like equality, social justice and women’s suffrage, you’re going to be in your element. Also, the gift shop is next level.

Make sure you don’t miss Victoria Baths , a Grade II listed Victorian bathhouse. It’s restored and now hosts vintage fairs, art exhibitions and cinema/music festivals inside the actual swimming pools. I’ve put some more brilliant things to do in my full guide to Manchester post

If you’re after some shopping, wander over to the Northern Quarter. It’s the hipster alternative part of town, full of quirky independents. Oldham Street is a good place to start, home to Retro Rehab , which sells very affordable vintage dresses/clothing. I’ve listed loads more shops to check out in my full guide to Manchester post.

Where to eat in Manchester

I could (and probably should) write a whole post on this – I eat out in Manchester a LOT. But these are my most trusted favourites…

  • Mackie Mayor – Manchester’s answer to Liverpool’s Baltic Market. It’s a converted Grade II listed building that’s now a large, two-storey space for food and drink stalls.
  • Evelyn’s Cafe Bar – I go here every couple of weeks, to the point it’s becoming embarrassing. I LOVE it. They do brilliant veggie/vegan options, brunch, lunch, tea and cocktails. The selling point though is the frankly outstanding family of houseplants that adorns all the walls.
  • Shoryu Ramen or Cocktail Beer Ramen + Bun – Ramen is my go-to meal. Either of these is a safe bet.
  • The Allotment Vegan Restaurant – They do vegan tasting menus that will change your life. Michelin-quality but without the stupid price tag (an unreal 10-course tasting menu is only £65pp). I’m going for my very belated birthday meal soon so will report back…
  • Try Thai – The best Thai, located in Chinatown.
  • The Marble Arch – A cosy, down-to-earth pub. It does Sunday roast and other traditional pub grub to an excellent standard.
  • Sugar Junction – The best afternoon tea. I’ve been going here for years (in fact, I added them to TripAdvisor and wrote their first review and now they are HUGE on there #justsayin). One to take your mum to.
  • Bundobust – For vegan Indian street food.

Where to drink in Manchester

Again, this could be a whole post in itself, but here are some of my favourites:

  • Cloudwater Brew Company ‘s Unit 9. If you only go for one drink, make it here. Cloudwater has won countless awards for its craft beer, including being named the second-best in the world at the RateBeer Awards. As well the beer being amazing, the artwork on their cans is always beautiful, including their distinctive logo (a cloud with waves under it – cloud, water – of course).
  • Track Brewing Company ‘s Taproom – this is a fairly new one to me and is probably the most hipster of the list but I had one of the best sours I’ve ever had here so I will be becoming a regular.
  • The Marble Arch – I’ve already mentioned this cosy, down-to-earth pub in the food section, but it’s well worth popping in just for a drink. It’s much more traditional than any of the others in this list.
  • Seven Brothers Brewery ‘s BeerHouse – The best place for a drink if you’re in Ancoats.
  • Bundobust – I’ve already mentioned this in the food bit too, but it has some excellent local beers and it’s fine just to have a drink without food.

Where to stay in Manchester

While I live close enough to get home easily so don’t need to stay over, I’ve stayed in a few city centre hotels over the years. I’d recommend as my top pick the German chain Motel One , which has a hotel by the Royal Exchange theatre. This couldn’t be more convenient and is a decent price. Manchester is weirdly expensive for hotels compared with a lot of other northern cities. Another affordable chain hotel is the Ibis Styles (Manchester’s is themed around rain, naturally), but the location isn’t as good as the Motel One one.

If you want to splash out, there’s the beautiful (but expensive) King Street Townhouse for amazing views and an infinity pool or the Great John Street Hotel near Spinningfields, which is not quite as extra but still good.

3. Edinburgh: one of the best UK city breaks to return to

Circus Lane, Edinburgh: the best photo spot | PACK THE SUITCASES

Edinburgh is one of my most-visited UK cities and my favourite city that I’ve never lived in. Of course, it’s an obvious one for all tourists and is probably the cream of the crop of all the best UK city breaks. Despite all its attention and tourism, it never gets boring. You can return again and again and something in Edinburgh will have changed every time.

Things to see and do in Edinburgh

Where to begin? Edinburgh is one of the most jam-packed cities I’ve ever been to. Edinburgh Castle is an obvious place to start – it can get busy so book your tickets ahead, but the views of the city are spectacular on a clear day. Speaking of views, if you have decent weather in Edinburgh then climbing Arthur’s Seat is a must. You’ll naturally walk down the Royal Mile, which although touristy is an essential part of any Edinburgh city break. Grassmarket is another popular spot, especially for a shop and a drink. Victoria Street is my favourite road for browsing shops though – not to mention for taking photos as well, because it is SO photogenic.

You also have to do a ghost walk. I know it sounds cheesy but I’ve done a few and they’re so good. I did the City of the Dead one on my hen do and it was just the right balance between funny and actually weeing yourself with terror. Calm yourself down by going off to find the statue of Greyfriars Bobby . There is just SO much to do, I’m going to have to direct you to the Edinburgh Tourist Board site because I could seriously write an epic novel on the city.

Finally, my top recommendation if you’ve already done all the ‘big sights’ is to explore the Dean Village and the Stockbridge area (more in my post on that, but Dean Village is just out of this world). While you’re in that bit of town, you can easily get to the fantastic Scottish National Gallery of Modern Art , which has a superb selection of modern and contemporary art. And for those of you into getting those Instagram shots, wander over to Edinburgh’s quaint, cobbled Circus Lane . You will not be disappointed.

Oh and if you’re in Edinburgh for a longer stay, I’d really recommend doing a day trip to North Berwick . It’s only 30 minutes away on the train and is the cutest seaside town ever .

Where to eat and drink in Edinburgh

For evening meals, I love the Scran and Scallie , Tom Kitchin’s gastropub. I’m not usually into celebrity chef places at all. It’s not expensive and the food is all locally sourced. Café Andaluz (which isn’t a café) is a brilliant option for tapas in the evening. My favourite for Thai is Passorn . For lunch, we always head to Papii , an incredible café with great window seats for people watching. For other nibbles, if you’re out in the Leith area, afternoon tea or just tea and cake at The Haven café is not to be missed. Also, if you want delicious gelato, try the famous Mary’s Milk Café .

There are plenty of exclusively vegan eateries in Edinburgh too, like Holy Cow , Hendersons and Novapizza .

Finally, drinks! I love cocktails at Dragonfly (I did this on my hen do and barely remember any of it but I have been many times and can confirm it’s great). The craft beer scene is of course thriving in Edinburgh, like it is in all the best cities these days. My personal favourite place for beer is Six Degrees North because of their great sours, but other picks include the Hanging Bat and Salt Horse . If you want a more cosy and traditional pub, I’d go to the Queen’s Arms or The Bailie .

Where to stay in Edinburgh

I’ve mentioned them before in this post and I’ll probably mention them again, but one of my favourite hotel chains for an affordable/mid-range city break is the German chain Motel One. They have a Motel One on the Royal Mile and another on Princes Street . Also, you can’t go wrong with the Stay Central Hotel or an Ibis .

If you want to live like a local, I’d recommend getting an aparthotel or apartment – you can then save money on food/breakfast too. I’ve got my eye on this one for next time , which looks beautiful and isn’t too badly priced at about £85 a night (at the time of writing).

If you want to splash out (over £200 a night but very luxurious!) for a special occasion, try the Balmoral Hotel or The Witchery by the Castle .

18 of the best UK city breaks | PACK THE SUITCASES

I did a heap of York research last year for my friend’s hen do and now feel like I could run my own organised tour company for doing a city break there. I’ve been many times over the years and never fail to love it. There’s something so magical about York’s cobbled streets oozing with history, and it’s definitely one of the best UK city breaks for a girlie weekend.

Things to see and do in York

York is a walled city and if the weather’s good, walking its walls is a nice way to get a sense of the city. To do the whole thing takes about 2 hours, but you can easily just walk a section and then head into the centre. The best section for photos is between the River Ouse and Mickelgate, because you can see York Minster really well. That’s obviously a must-do attraction in itself, too. You can climb up its tower if you’re into exhausting yourself for a great view.

Just wandering around York is the beauty of a visit to the city for me. Harry Potter fans will probably head straight to The Shambles, York’s beautiful 15th-century street of olde-worlde shops. Even if you’re not a fan of HP, you can’t miss this area. It really is unique and it’s a good place to explore (despite the crowds). Like with Edinburgh, York is really into its ghostly side so a ghost walk can be a laugh – they’re also often in the early evening when shops and attractions are shutting but you’re not ready to eat yet so it’s a good use of that time. You can also head to the York Dungeon for more mildly scary fun, and that’s a good shout if it’s raining.

One more tip – there’s the (free) National Railway Museum in York too. I’ve not actually been yet but I really want to. I bloody love a good train. They even have a shinkansen there. And they have a tearoom in a restored railway carriage, so you can combine a love of trains and scones (the dream, surely?!)

Where to eat and drink in York

One of my favourite streets in York is the lovely Fossgate, and that’s where my favourite restaurant Ambiente Tapas is (there’s another branch in the city too but the Fossgate one is my recommendation). If you want a real treat, try Skosh , which is exquisite. For lunch or brunch, try the cosy and cute Brew & Brownie or Osbornes at 68 Gillygate (excellent vegan options here).

A city break to York would be incomplete without afternoon tea. The world-famous Betty’s Tearooms is the obvious choice and it really is good, but if you’re there on a weekend or if you’re in a group of friends, the queues can be ridiculous. I’ve had the Hendrick’s gin themed afternoon tea at The Grand for my friend’s hen do and it was brilliant. I also have my eye on the aforementioned Railway Museum tearoom, the Countess of York , for my next trip.

For drinks, you’re going to be spoiled for choice. York is famous for having a lot of pubs. Two of the most well known are The Guy Fawkes Inn , where Guy Fawkes was born and  The Golden Fleece , which is apparently very haunted. My favourite places to drink though have got to be the Evil Eye Lounge (behind an amazing gin shop) and the wonderful Fossgate Social (I wish this was my local). The latter is brilliant for craft beer too.

Where to stay in York

For about £50 a night, you can get a lovely room in the StayCity Aparthotel , which is the best I’ve stayed in for price and location.

If you want a boutiquey feel and some impressive interior design, I love the Parisi Hotel – and for a stylish little hotel, it’s actually not too bad price-wise (I’ve paid more for a lot less). If you want to stay in a really quirky and historic building, you could splash a bit more cash and go for the Judge’s Lodging , which was once what it says on the tin and is only steps from Betty’s Tearooms. Again, York is dead walkable so the location for all these is good.

Finally, although I’ve not actually stayed there, I’m sure the rooms at The Grand Hotel & Spa would be lovely (it’s where I’ve been for afternoon tea, and can confirm that was excellent).

5. Lancaster

best uk cities to visit in february

I lived my best student life in Lancaster back in the noughties and it’s still one of my favourite places on earth. Going there feels like going ‘home’, even though it’s been years since I lived there. It might be an unusual entry on a list of the best UK city breaks, but it’s a bit of an underrated gem for a short break – or for a longer one if you want to explore the surrounding countryside.

Things to see and do in Lancaster

If you like dark history, you’re going to love Lancaster. Start with a trip to Lancaster Castle and enjoy all the gory execution stories. The famous Pendle witches were killed here, which is a piece of history I’ve always been fascinated by, and the castle explains it all really well. You can go inside cells (excellent photo opportunities, naturally) and even do a guided tour. It’s £8 to get in but absolutely worth it.

My favourite attraction in Lancaster though has got to be the  Ashton Memorial and Williamson Park. This is a short walk from the centre of Lancaster. The memorial is a beautiful domed building on a hilltop. You can climb to the top for gorgeous views out to the sea in Morecambe Bay. In the park itself, there’s a butterfly house (which Chris was petrified by when we went) and a mini beats centre, which includes some GUINEA PIGS. It’s £4 to get in, which is obviously a bargain for anything involving guinea pigs.

Back in Lancaster city centre itself, visit the Charter Market on Wednesdays and Saturdays. If you’re into ale, do a tour of Lancaster Brewery . There are also some nice shops not to be missed, including  Paper Gallery (an independent card shop); Arteria (a curated art shop); Ashton Hall Garden Centre (it’s a short taxi ride out of the city but it’s worth going as it’s the best garden centre in the world… it has to be experienced to be understood!); and GB Antiques Centre for a rummage.

Finally, Lancaster is an excellent base for exploring the surrounding countryside and cute market towns like my favourite ever place in England, Kirkby Lonsdale .

Where to eat and drink in Lancaster

Lancaster is a foodie destination, being bang in the middle of countryside growing loads of local produce. I enjoyed The Music Room for coffee and cake last time I went, and the building it’s in is gorgeous. Try The Sultan for Indian (this was a popular one when I was a student so has stood the test of time!); Journey Social for brunch; Whale Tail for hearty veggie dishes; and Buccelli’s for Italian. Sun Pizza is just round the corner from the Sun Inn . One is a pizza restaurant and one is a cosy pub. You work it out. Oh and Lancaster now has its own vegan café, The Herbarium , which is a good sign of progress for a small city.

For drinks, Merchants 1688 is a really unique little bar with book-themed wallpaper and a cosy atmosphere. Ye Olde John O’Gaunt is a classic ‘old man’s pub’ in the centre and not to be missed. Finally, you have to go to the Accidental Brewery and Micropub . This is new and just what Lancaster needed! It serves a good sour and I understand it sometimes has selections from my favourite brewery, Cloudwater (see the Manchester section of this post for more on that).

Where to stay in Lancaster

I’d go for The Sun Hotel , which is the same pub I mentioned in the eating section – this is an excellent location and has been a reliable choice for years. A little bit pricier, you’ve got the Toll House Inn , which has views over the canal and quirky rooms.

Probably my top choice for location and cosiness would be The Borough , which was one of my favourite gastropubs back in my student days but now also does rooms.

Finally, the Wagon & Horses is another cosy pub/hotel that has been recommended to me by some friends who stay there every time they go – I’ve not actually tried it myself yet but I trust their standards.

Fellow travel bloggers’ ideas for the best UK city breaks

Right, that’s the end of my bit.

Onto the best UK city breaks suggested by other travel bloggers …

6. Newcastle

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Melis from Melis Living .

Things to see and do in Newcastle

There is a common misconception that Newcastle is all about the nightlife. While we do have some of the best bars and clubs in the UK, there is so much more to see in ‘the toon’ as locals call it! The main area to head to for lovely views is the Quayside (pictured). On a nice day, it is perfect to walk along the river, taking in the view and stopping at some of my favourite places for food and drink.

Whilst on the Quayside I would recommend taking in some culture at the Baltic Art Gallery . It is a modern gallery with regularly changing exhibitions, which also offers great views of Newcastle from the top floor. For a dining treat, book dinner or Sunday lunch at the top floor restaurant to take in the views as you dine. Heading up the bank towards central Newcastle, you will find the 1838 Grey’s Monument which is a prominent landmark in the centre of the city. It is also worth checking out the castle, which puts the castle into New-castle, and is easy to pass on your way up to the city centre.

Where to eat and drink in Newcastle

Pitcher and Piano is a must: it is a total sun trap and as soon as the sun shows its face, the locals dash there to sit in the beer garden on the river. From here you can watch the famous Millennium Bridge open like a winking eye to let tall ships sail past. If tea and cake is more your thing, Violet’s Café on the Quayside is a beautiful place with delicious cakes to match. Or just across the street is the Instagram haven, Great British Cupcakery which is pink with a flower wall and so many great cakes.

Where to stay in Newcastle

I would recommend staying at the Malmaison on the Quayside for beautiful river views. Alternatively, there are a number of affordable Premier Inn and Holiday Inn options, and an Easyhotel (formerly a Tune Hotel) on the Quayside which has very reasonable prices.

7. Birmingham: one of the best UK city breaks for shopping

18 of the best UK city breaks | PACK THE SUITCASES

With thanks to fellow blogger Carolin from Style Lingua .

Things to see and do in Birmingham

If someone would have suggested visiting Birmingham five years ago to me, I would have given them a look. But the UK’s second-largest city has made a huge transformation in the past few years.

Although the city has always been thriving and busy, the city centre didn’t offer much to explore. Now, the old Birmingham New Street station has been completely renewed and carries the name ‘Grand Central’, which conveys a lot more glamour and style. Once you arrive in Grand Central, you can’t but to be in complete awe over the city’s impressive welcome. And it doesn’t stop there – the city is currently under construction to extend its tram system, which will make going around town more accessible in the years to come.

From Grand Central, you can easily explore the Bullring, the city’s massive shopping centre which has the usual High Street shops. Selfridges, in particular, is one of Birmingham’s most iconic buildings with its futuristic aluminium façade.

Did you know the Bullring has actually been built on Birmingham’s old trade spot? In the 18th century, this area was famous for textile trading. Whilst you’re at the Bullring, you can also admire the centre’s mascot the Bull. The massive 6-tonne bronze statue designed by Laurence Broderick has entertained visitors all over the world since 2003. Once in a while for specific occasions, you’ll see it dressed up which has earned the Bull the title of a trendsetting fashion icon nationwide.

If you prefer vintage shops over the High Street, you should follow the road down the Bullring for a short 10-minute walk to Birmingham’s trendy Digbeth area. The Custard Factory is a thriving hub for vintage lovers and hosts monthly vintage kilo sales. Have a look in Cow as well, which sells beautiful vintage clothing and handbags. Another area worth exploring is the Jewellery Quarter in the North of the city which has stunning independent shops. Up-and-coming local designers sell here and they annually showcase their fashion at Birmingham Fashion Week (usually around February time).

Where to eat and drink in Birmingham

Birmingham is a treasure trove for food and exploring new culinary experiences. For nachos and Mexican street food, I can recommend Bodega at 12 Bennetts Hill. If you’re after a fine dining experience, visit Lost & Found near Victoria Square, or admire the impressive authentic pub The Old Joint Stock in Temple Row.

The Canalhouse is perfect for cocktails and drinks or you can relax in one of the cosy restaurants around Brindley Place. If you prefer a more romantic setting, have a look around the Canal area in Gas Street which is only a short walk away from the city’s stunning new library. There’s more Indian and modern European cuisine to explore on Broad Street, Birmingham’s well-known food mile.

Where to stay in Birmingham

[Hello, it’s Caroline of Pack The Suitcases again. The lovely blogger who contributed this bit on doing a city break in Birmingham didn’t have any tips on hotels, so I thought I would add my own here. I have stayed at the Hampton by Hilton in the Jewellery Quarter twice and it’s been great. My friend who travels to Birmingham a lot also recommended the Clayton , which is a bit pricier but good for more of a treat. Both are nice and central.]

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Bradley from Dream Big, Travel Far .

What to see and do in Glasgow

There’s lots to see and do on a city break in Glasgow, especially if you are a fan of art and culture. Some of the best places we went to include the Kelvingrove Art Gallery , the Riverside Museum and Gallery of Modern Art . I also recommend a trip to the famous Glasgow University. It is here that apparently inspired JK Rowling’s depiction of Hogwarts in the Harry Potter series.

Where to eat and drink in Glasgow

As we visited in December, we made good use of Glasgow’s annual Christmas markets and indulged in all kinds of Christmas favourites. If you are looking or something typically Glaswegian, then dishes to seek out include Scotch Pie, haggis and the good old fried Mars bar!

Where to stay in Glasgow

It’s a good idea to stay as close to the centre of town as possible. That way, we save time by not having to get any public transport in and out to see things. However, it is possible to stay further out in the main urban areas and save a bit of money. There are plenty of bus routes that run all throughout the city at all hours of the day.

9. Brighton

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Danielle from Live in 10 Countries .

What to see and do in Brighton

Famous the world over, Brighton is the place to admire a Royal Pavilion with exotic domes, pull up a comfy deck chair on the seaside and stroll a retro pier. You can buy almost anything in the quirky Lanes , too.

Where to eat and drink in Brighton

As with many places on the seaside, a stick of rock is the icon here and fish and chips taste the best in the fresh air of the pier. Although there are many famous names, the authentic experience is just strolling into one of the sunken eateries that line the seafront and ordering a pile of golden crispy chips with lots of ketchup or vinegar. Upstairs on the pier itself, try delicious pancakes for a change rather than the traditional ice cream.

If it’s the evening and you’d like something fancy, Latinoamerica on Church Road has mouthwatering Argentine steaks with great wine to tempt you. Finish that off with drinks at a proper pub in the Lanes with street art on its walls and real ales in its glasses – try the Prince Albert on Trafalgar Street.

Where to stay in Brighton

If you’re keen for nightlife, a hotel by the beach will suit you to a T, but if it’s something a little quieter you’re seeking there are better zones to explore. A short walk from the Lanes, Kemptown has an eclectic vibe and quirky shops that make it another great option, or Hove ‘s quieter streets are another option – about 15 minutes from the centre.

Further reading on Brighton

Another of my blogger friends also has a brilliant guide to the best things to do in Brighton .

10. Bristol

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to Lyubomira from Bulgarian On The Go .

What to see and do in Bristol

Bristol has many things to offer to its visitors for a great city break in the UK. The Clifton Suspension Bridge is undoubtedly the city’s landmark and one of the most beautiful sights around. There are even free weekly walking tours where you can learn more about the history, construction and maintenance of this iconic structure.

The Bristol harbour is another must-see spot that you can’t miss. The harbour has played a very important role in the city’s development and history. However, today it has turned into a big tourists attraction with a lot of museums, galleries, restaurants, bars.

One of the most important events for Bristolians is the Bristol International Balloon Fiesta – an annual hot air balloon festival where the sky over the city gets filled with colourful balloons. It is usually held in August and lasts for four days. The festival began in 1979 and it has been taking place every year since then, attracting over 100,000 visitors daily.

When wandering around the city, another thing you can’t miss is all the fascinating artwork on the buildings. The world-famous street artist Banksy has left a huge mark on Bristol’s facades, and locals are proud of it.

What to eat and drink in Bristol

Bristol is full of lovely cafes and restaurants to choose from. If you want to try something unique, head to The Clifton Sausage and grab The Clifton Sausage Tasting Plate. Looking for a spot to have a nice drink? Try The Florist – one of the prettiest cafes/bars in town with a lovely floral interior.

Where to stay in Bristol

In order to explore Bristol conveniently on foot, look for accommodation around the city centre or the harbourside area. Anywhere around the Old City , the Bristol Cathedral or the Harbour is a great option.

11. Cardiff: one of the best UK city breaks for foodies

18 of the best UK city breaks | PACK THE SUITCASES

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Victoria from Vic Advisor .

Things to see and do in Cardiff

Visit Cardiff Castle right in the heart of the city and spot the gargoyle animals on the surrounding wall. Then take a walk or bike ride around Bute Park right behind it (you can rent a ‘next bikes’, our public bike-sharing scheme, from only £1 for 30 mins).

Take a guided boat tour from Bute Park behind the castle and travel the short distance down to Cardiff Bay for a selection of waterside eateries, and to see the iconic Millennium Centre building – why not catch a performance while you’re there?

Known as the City of Arcades, you should head to the beautiful historic Victorian arcades (the most in any UK city!) for a boutique shopping experience or to just relax in an array of independent cafes. For a modern shopping complex, the large St. David’s is right across the road.

For sports fans, take a tour of the Principality Stadium (aka Millennium Stadium) right by Cardiff Central Station. It’s host to some of the biggest international rugby events. If you’re not visiting Cardiff for a rugby game, you might want to avoid coming on a matchday when fans take over the city centre and hotel rates will inevitably be higher.

Head out of the centre and learn about Welsh history at St Fagans , an open-air museum in 100-acre parkland. Over 50 original buildings from across Wales have been rebuilt here from different historical periods, and each one offers a glimpse into the past.

Where to eat and drink in Cardiff

Head to Cardiff Market and try a Welsh cake or three, a small, flat, round treat filled with raisins and sprinkled with sugar.

Venture through Castle Arcade to Madame Fromage , a deli and excellent cafe with delicious cheese-based dishes like the traditional Welsh rarebit.

For one of the best Italians in the city centre, try the tiny Cafe Citta (booking recommended); for burgers, you can’t go wrong with independent eatery Grazing Shed ; and for slightly more upmarket dining that also supports a great cause, try the Clink restaurant located next to the Cardiff prison. The restaurant and kitchen are both run by inmates who are working towards hospitality qualifications, and the food is excellent (booking recommended). For the best vegan eats, try Anna Loka .

For tea, there’s Barkers Tea House in High Street Arcade, and for coffee, Coffee Barker , their cocoa-bean counterpart across the road in Castle Arcade!

Cardiff is also home to great nightlife, with clubs, pubs and bars to cater for all tastes.

Where to stay in Cardiff

There are plenty of hotels to choose from to suit all budgets. I’d recommend basing yourself in or near the city centre , but as Cardiff is not a huge city, most places are easily accessible by walking or public transport. The nearest areas to the centre are Canton, Pontcanna and Riverside. Avoid visiting during rugby day events as prices will be inflated as fans flock to the city.

12. Chester

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow blogger Katy from The Lilac Scrapbook .

What to see and do in Chester

There’s so much to see and do on a city break in Chester , but for me the highlights are the Roman Gardens which are SO beautiful, and walking down the River Dee looking at the different boats and spotting all the ducks wandering in and out of people’s gardens. Chester has some great escape rooms, too, notably Escapism Chester – and it’s not too far from Cheshire Oaks and the Coliseum if you want to go further afield and do some shopping or go bowling/to the cinema.

Where to eat and drink in Chester

Chester has so many bars, pubs and restaurants to choose from. Highlights include The Botanist for a nice evening meal in a gorgeous setting and Off The Waffle for delicious loaded waffles. For cosy drinks, head to Big Hand Alehouse !

Where to stay in Chester

Hoole Road is home to a lot of B&Bs, if that’s your sort of thing – and it’s within walking distance of the city centre and the train station. But for something a bit more up to date, check out Roomzzz which is really well located.

13. Belfast

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Anna from My Travel Scrapbook .

What to see and do in Belfast

There are many fantastic things to do and see in and around Belfast. In the city centre, you can go on a mural tour with former political prisoners from both sides of the Troubles, visit the Ulster Museum and explore the Titanic Quarter. Outside of the city, you should hire a car and go on an amazing Northern Irish road trip. Drive along the coastline to see the Giant’s causeway and visit the Dark Hedges .

Where to eat and drink in Belfast

There are many lovely places to eat in Belfast, but the more exciting scene is the nightlife. The pub scene in Belfast is very unique. Most cities tend to have bars for tourists, bars for students and bars for locals. Yet in Belfast everyone seems to mix! You must check out the Duke of York , the Spaniard and the Crown for their incredible interiors, fascinating histories and friendly atmospheres.

Where to stay in Belfast

In terms of where you should stay in Belfast, try and stay as close to the City Hall as you can. The City Hall is the centre and from there it is easy to walk around the centre or hop on a bus to the Titanic quarter. There are many great apartments to stay in as well as fancy hotels. 

Belfast is the perfect place to spend a fantastic UK city break due to the friendly locals, fantastic culture and the beautiful nature around the city.

14. Dundee: one of the best UK city breaks for an arty weekend

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Nicola from FunkyEllas Travel .

What to see and do in Dundee

Dundee , Scotland’s fourth-largest city, was recently named in the top 12 places to live in the UK. It’s certainly changed in recent years to become a vibrant and exciting city. This is partly due to the huge regeneration project taking place along the waterfront, and the addition of the fantastic award-winning V&A Dundee . This spectacular building juts into the Tay and houses amazing design exhibitions and shows off Scotland’s creativity beautifully, making it a great UK city break for anyone into art and design.

Next door to the V&A is the RSS Discovery, the last traditional three-mastered ship to be built in the UK, that was used to explore the Antarctic. Other museums in Dundee include The McManus , Verdant Works and Dundee Contemporary Arts . As you walk the city, you’ll spot quirky statues including the city’s penguins, comic characters Desperate Dan and The Lemmings, both of which were created in Dundee, and colourful street art.

Where to eat and drink in Dundee

If you want a traditional Dundee food to try, opt for a slice of Dundee cake or sample some delicious Dundee orange marmalade, another of the city’s inventions. Dundee has an up-and-coming foodie scene with some brilliant restaurants and cafes opening up, including The Flame Tree Cafe , which serves up scrumptious rainbow bagels and The Parlour Cafe , which has the best salads I’ve tasted.

Where to stay in Dundee

With the emergence of the new Waterfront, it’s no surprise that there are some wonderful new hotels opening in Dundee. My favourite has to be the Apex : it’s classy and the spa is perfect to relax in after a day pounding the streets. Some of the newer hotels include the Sleeperz Hotel and Hotel Indigo .

This city may be small but it’s going through an impressive transformation. It’s great to watch and there is a real buzz which makes it pretty ideal for a UK city break.

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Claire from Tales of a Backpacker .

What to see and do in Leeds

Leeds is renowned for its shopping and is one of the best UK city breaks if you want to treat yourself or buy presents in the lead up to Christmas. A stroll along Briggate, into the Trinity Shopping Centre, the Corn Exchange and the Victoria Quarter will show you why it’s so good for shoppers. Leeds has everything from designer shops to cute boutiques, vintage retro and all the high street names.

However, Leeds is often underestimated as a destination. There is plenty here for culture vultures too, with various live music venues, the theatre and an arena where you can catch some big-name performances. There are also some fascinating museums in Leeds , including the Royal Armouries Museum, which houses a huge collection of armour and weaponry, including a set of armour worn by King Henry VIII, and the most complete set of elephant armour in the world – and it’s free! Leeds Art Gallery and the Leeds Museum are also free, as is the beautiful Kirkstall Abbey , about 15 minutes’ drive from the city centre.

Where to eat and drink in Leeds

The best place to start your city break is Kirkgate Market , where you can find all manner of fresh fruit and veg to cook at home, as well as some fabulous cooked food to eat in the street food area where you can choose from Indian or Thai food, Yorkshire pudding wraps, giant hotdogs and more. Leeds has some fabulous curry houses like Aagrah and Akbar’s , and even Michelin-starred restaurants like The Man Behind the Curtain .

Where to stay in Leeds

Anywhere in the city centre is a great location for convenience as it is close to all the action. Bear in mind you might have some noise from the street so bring some earplugs with you. If you prefer things a little quieter, Oulton Hall Hotel and Thorpe Park Hotel & Spa are both a short drive from the city centre. They’re set in their own grounds with a spa on site for an extra special treat!

16. Derry: one of the best UK city breaks for history lovers

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Teresa from Brogan Abroad .

What to see and do in Derry

The biggest attraction in Derry is the 17th century City Walls that surround the Old Town, and one of the reasons why people visit Derry . The Walls were built by the Irish Society for the English and Scottish settlers, and Derry is the only remaining completely walled city in Ireland. You can walk on top of the Walls and circumnavigate the Old Town. The views from the Double Bastion over the neighbourhood of the Bogside and the Old Town are pretty spectacular.

Visitors mustn’t miss the Museum of Free Derry , located in the Bogside. This working-class neighbourhood was at the centre of what is known as Bloody Sunday, a civil rights march that ended in a massacre where 14 local people lost their lives. The museum has displays about the civil rights era, the Battle of the Bogside and Bloody Sunday, all the way to the healing process that this once-divided city went through to this day. The museum has been set up in a tasteful manner with the aim to educate people about conflict and the peace process they’ve gone through. It is by no means a political museum.

Where to eat and drink in Derry

Derry is a foodie destination and a sustainable one at that. Most of the local restaurants focus on supporting the local farmers and producers and use locally sourced ingredients. My favourite place for food has to be Walled City Brewery . Try their delicious tapas in a relaxed atmosphere. Their beers are brewed onsite too, so make sure you try one or two.

Where to stay in Derry

The best place to stay is in the Old Town within the City Walls, although everything is within walking distance, so anywhere will be convenient. I loved the Bishop’s Gate Hotel , located in the Cathedral Quarter.

17. Sheffield

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to fellow travel blogger Daniel from Layer Culture .

What to see and do in Sheffield

Sheffield, known as one of the greenest cities in Europe, is a perfect UK city break for a weekend getaway. Some of the main sights that are worth visiting are the Winter Gardens – which are one of the largest temperate glasshouses to be built in the UK. Visit one of the local pubs to sample some of the finest British beer and while you’re here check out the interactive galleries at Kelham Island Museum . If doing a bit of shopping, you’ll find the hip boutique fashion stores in the Devonshire Quarter.

Where to eat and drink in Sheffield

As the day settles and you’re ready to hit the nightlife scene in Sheffield, get yourself down to Cubana , located in Leopold Square. It’s a Cuban inspired Tapas restaurant and bar with some great live music. This is the ideal spot for working on your Salsa dance moves whilst you sip on some of Sheffield’s finest exotic cocktails.

Where to stay in Sheffield

Whether you decide to head onto West Street for more party vibes or stay in the square, there is a lovely hotel called the Leopold Hotel situated just a few steps away from the restaurant.

You really can’t go wrong in Sheffield when looking for a weekend break and some local entertainment.

best uk cities to visit in february

With thanks to Wendy from The Nomadic Vegan.

What to see and do in Bath

Bath has been attracting tourists for centuries, and is always named one of the best UK city breaks with good reason! In ancient Roman times, it became famous for its natural hot springs that bubbled up from the ground. The Romans established a settlement here called Aquae Sulis and constructed a huge bath complex. Yep, that’s why it’s called ‘Bath’!. This complex is still intact today and is among the world’s best-preserved Roman bathhouses.

In addition to the Roman baths , which are a must-visit, you can also admire the grand Georgian architecture at the Circus and the Royal Crescent. These imposing buildings were built hundreds of years later when Bath once again became a sophisticated spa town in the 18th century. Even today, you can still enjoy a luxurious spa treatment at the Thermae Bath Spa .

For literature buffs, the Jane Austen Centre is definitely worth checking out. Austen lived here in the early 1800s and used Bath as the setting for two of her novels. Tour guides dressed in period costumes add to the ambience of the place. Bath is compact and easily walkable, so all of these places can be explored on foot.

Where to eat and drink in Bath

Nourish offers a plant-based menu inspired by cuisines from around the world. Dishes include falafel croquettes and onion pakoras, cauliflower steak and walnut pepper cashew lasagne. Gluten-free options are also available. The food here rivals that of the top vegan restaurants in Brighton , which has long been considered the vegan capital of the UK. If you’re celebrating a special occasion or just want to treat yourself, Acorn Kitchen is a more upscale restaurant that offers seasonal, modern cuisine.

Where to stay in Bath

Most visitors will want to stay in the city centre , near all the attractions. The Abbey Hotel is a charming, historic hotel in a convenient location. Bath is also a popular day trip from London , for anyone visiting there.

Save and share: 18 of the best UK city breaks

If you found this huge post about UK city break ideas for your next holiday useful for a wee bit of inspiration, why not pin it to your Pinterest board?

18 of the best UK city breaks | PACK THE SUITCASES

The best UK city breaks: further reading

If you’d like an email alert when I publish a new post, subscribe using the box at the side (if you’re on a laptop) or at the bottom (if you’re on a mobile or tablet). 

You might also like my other posts on city breaks if you want to venture abroad:

  • 36 unusual and alternative European city breaks
  • 32 cheap European city breaks
  • 20 of the prettiest Greek islands for couples
  • 21 of the best winter sun destinations to escape the cold .

If you enjoy my blog, you can also buy me a drink . Cheers. 

Share this post

You may also like

What to pack for a winter city break | PACK THE SUITCASES

What to pack for a winter city break

How to pack a suitcase in 10 steps | PACK THE SUITCASES

How to pack a suitcase in 10 steps – without crying or screaming

One day in Kobe, Japan | PACK THE SUITCASES

How to plan a trip to Japan: everything you need to know for your first visit

15 comments.

So many wonderful cities to visit. Great blogs

Great post. Missing the Cotswolds though. 🙂

The Cotswolds isn’t a city though! I guess the nearest city would be Gloucester? But it’s on the outskirts.

Thank you 😊

Loving your Lancaster tips! Gorgeous post x

Thank you! People seem very excited by the Lancaster bit, had 2,100 shares on Facebook today and it’s almost all Lancaster-based! x

I love this post! We currently holiday in the UK rather than going abroad and have visted some of these cities listed but have found other s to add to our bucket list. My favourites have to be Bath and York, there’s just so much history in these cities. Down every street there is something new and wonderful to see. xxx

Thank you! I’ve never been to Bath but it’s on my list x

Nice post! I am definitely going to come back to this if I am every going to a city in the UK again, this has nearly everything. I have been to Belfast, London and Edinburgh before so I’d love to explore another city in the UK. Róisín

Glad you enjoyed it Róisín 🙂

This is a great blog Caroline. York, Edinburgh, and Lancaster are my favourite cities-Lancaster is much underrated..(my kids were at Uni there).the centre, Williamson Park, and out to Galgate and Dolphinholme. Water Witch in the summer is great. I too am South Manchester based. Always wanted to visit Kirkby Lonsdale too. North Berwick also, on my to do list. Are the trams/train from Edinburgh reasonable? First time in Edinburgh this year and loved it. Royal Mile, Rose St pubs…Cafe Royal definitely worth a mention.Did Calton Hill but couldn’t get my wife to climb Arthur’s Seat- Dean Village looks great- so much for next time. I agree budget/mid hotels are the best places as you only need a good/clean base. How about Devon/Torbay too? Best Wishes Steve

Hi Steve, glad you enjoyed the blog post! Good taste in favourite cities there. Yes the train from Edinburgh to North Berwick isn’t too bad – can’t remember the cost off the top of my head but takes about 30 mins. Heard good things about Devon/Torbay but it’s just so so far and we don’t drive so not sure about getting around once there! Happy travels.

Where is the photo at the very top of this blog taken please?

Edinburgh’s Victoria Street!

Great recommendations – I live in North Berwick, so thanks for the mention. 😉 Just to note, the aparthotel in Edinburgh you quote as £85 at time of writing, is now £239-269/night! 😳 We’re back to it being too expensive to staycation in our own backyards again..!

Blimey! All prices are at the time of writing so they do go up and down a lot. I have a whole guide to North Berwick too – a great wee town: https://www.packthesuitcases.com/things-to-do-in-north-berwick-scotland/

Leave a reply Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Full Suitcase Travel Blog

15 Absolute Best Cities to Visit in the UK (+Map & Travel Tips)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: September 12, 2023

15 Absolute Best Cities to Visit in the UK (+Map & Travel Tips)

The United Kingdom’s rich and vibrant culture make its cities among the most fascinating to visit in the world. Whether you’re looking for stunning architecture, world-class museums, or the cool vibe of contemporary art and music, you’ll find it all in the best UK cities.

However, with so many great cities throughout England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland (the four countries of the UK) it can be difficult to decide which ones to visit in a limited amount of time.

So in this guide, we list the very best cities to visit in the UK that are worth your time the most . For each city, we include the main attractions that you simply must see. We also listed a few extras that are well worth visiting if you have enough time. For each town, we also indicate how much time you need for a visit.

Good to know: The great thing about visiting the UK is its small size and good transport links. This makes it quite easy to travel from one part of the country to another. Furthermore, quite a few of these cities can also be visited with organized tours from London (or other nearby towns). So if you plan well, you can visit several of these UK towns in one trip.

To help you plan your trip and see several of the nicest cities and towns in Great Britain, we asked our writer Christine, a UK local, to share the best places and tips for your visit. We also created a map indicating each town. That way, you have a better idea of where everything is and can plan your trip accordingly. Take a look!

How to use this map:  Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

These are the most beautiful cities in the UK that are worth a visit the most:

London really has to be number one on any list of the best places in the UK! And there are so many reasons to visit the nation’s capital. Located on the banks of the River Thames, London is the country’s financial center, the seat of the Government of the United Kingdom, and home to the Royal Family.

All of this is reflected in its magnificent and historic architecture and a huge variety of things to see and do.

The diversity of London’s population is evident in its wonderful food scene. From traditional British food in local pubs, the finest cuisine in world-famous restaurants, to the ethnic street food in its many markets, London has it all. London also offers some of the very best shopping in the world. You’ll find designer stores, vintage boutiques, eclectic craft fairs, and quirky markets all over the city.

If you want to escape the bustling streets, museums, and galleries, London has some very beautiful and tranquil green spaces too. Don’t miss the scenic Hyde Park! If you have more time, visit the lesser-known Kew Gardens, with its stunning collection of tropical flora and fauna. London is truly a city that offers something for everyone.

Tower Bridge in London UK

Must see: The Tower of London, Buckingham Palace (don’t miss the Changing of the Guard ), Westminster (including Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament), Tower Bridge, the London Eye , the British Museum, St Paul’s Cathedral, Trafalgar Square (home to Nelson’s Column), and Piccadilly Circus. Thames Cruise is also a must.

Nice to see: Greenwich , Hyde Park, Covent Garden, Kew Gardens, Borough Market, Camden Town & Camden Lock Market , National Gallery, Harrods, and Oxford Street. If you are visiting London with kids , don’t miss Madame Tussauds , the Natural History Museum, Leicester Square stores, and the Royal Mews. Also, don’t miss at least some of the best views in London !

How much time do you need. You can quickly see the major sites with just one day in London . However, if you want to be able to visit a few places inside and get a good feeling of the city you really need two days in London . To fully appreciate all of London’s major sights, visit a few of them inside, and check out a few different neighborhoods, you will need at least 3 to 4 days.

If you want to experience the diversity of attractions across the city, discover some of London’s hidden gems , or take a day tour to Windsor Castle or a day trip to other popular places near London , you can easily spend a week or even more.

Where to stay: Best areas to stay in London for first time .

Travel tips: Please see London travel tips for more information for planning your trip.

LEARN MORE: Best Things to Do in London (Must-See!)

Best UK Cities - London

2. Edinburgh

Scotland’s capital city, Edinburgh is truly a tale of two cities! It has a New Town – packed with modern shops and trendy eateries – on one side, and a historic Old Town on the other.

The imposing Edinburgh Castle – one of Europe’s oldest fortified places – overlooks the entire city. Surrounding it are rolling green hills which often draw a comparison with Rome. Indeed Italy’s capital, like Edinburgh, was said to have been built on seven hills. Its neoclassical architecture, along with its reputation for philosophy and learning, have earned Edinburgh the nickname of the ‘Athens of the North’.

Edinburgh has a rich history, awesome views, incredible green spaces, and several world-class museums and galleries. In contrast, it also has an intriguingly dark past that you can learn more about by exploring its creepy kirkyards (churchyards) and a fascinating underground street that shows you just what life used to be like in the city.

Scotland’s capital is also known for its many festivals, including the world-famous Hogmanay at New Year.

Edinburgh - one of the most beautiful cities in the UK

Must see: Edinburgh Castle, Calton Hill or Arthur’s Seat (for the views), the Royal Mile, Holyrood Palace, National Museum of Scotland, and Royal Yacht Britannia.

Nice to see: Royal Botanic Gardens, St Giles’ Cathedral, Princes Street Gardens, Camera Obscura & World of Illusions (nice views of the city), Scottish National Gallery, The Real Mary King’s Close.

How much time do you need. Given the city’s relatively small size, it’s possible to see the main sights of Edinburgh in 1 day , but it would be quite a rush. We recommend 2-3 days to take in and fully appreciate everything the city has to offer.

LEARN MORE: Best Things to Do in Edinburgh

Edinburgh Castle

3. Cambridge

Cambridge is probably best known for its University (the world’s 4th oldest surviving university). Which is home to more winners of the Nobel prize than any other university in the UK.

Cambridge is also a beautiful town, with lots of well-preserved historic buildings that are mostly centered around its 31 (!) colleges. Cambridge has some world-famous Alumni too. 14 British Prime Ministers studied here, world-famous physicist Stephen Hawking, and many others who have made a real impact on the world.

A must-do in Cambridge is taking a punt tour along the beautiful River Cam. Punt is a traditional flat bottomed boat and a very typical thing to do here. The river runs through the heart of the city offering great views of the ancient architecture of the city.

Being a student town, this medieval city still has a very modern vibe too. So there’s plenty of music, festivals, and a strong performing arts scene. There are several art galleries exhibiting everything from the classics to contemporary works. And you’ll find some lovely, quirky shops to buy souvenirs.

Trinity College in Cambridge UK

Must see: King’s College Chapel, Queen’s College and the Mathematical Bridge (built without nails), Trinity College (and other collages if you have more time), Fitzwilliam Museum, Great St Mary’s Church (climb to the top of the tower for incredible city views), the River Cam and punting tours .

Nice to see: The Botanic Garden, Angelsey Abbey, Wren Library (the Trinity College Library where you can see Newton’s “Principia Mathematica”; it’s only open between noon and 2 pm on weekdays, and Saturday morning), the Round Church, the Bridge of Sighs, The Backs (behind the colleges).

How much time do you need. You can see much of Cambridge within one full day, and it’s also possible to visit with a tour from the capital . But to give yourself time to browse the main museum and to go punting along the River Cam, it’s worth planning two days for your visit.

Bridge of Sighs in Cambridge UK

Of all the cities in the UK, the wonderful, walled city of York boasts the most attractions per square mile. Although it has all the modern shops and amenities you’d expect from a major UK city, the main appeal of York is in fascinating history.

As you wander the cobbled, medieval streets – some with beautifully preserved buildings from the 14th and 15th centuries – you can also see hints of its Roman roots and signs of Viking influence.

Among its many attractions, York has 30 museums, the UK’s best racecourse, and festivals on an almost monthly basis.

The city’s Cathedral – York Minster – is one of the largest in Europe. You can enjoy some incredible views of the city from the top. You can also view the city from the water by taking a boat trip along River Ouse or on Foss River. Another fun thing to do is learn about the history of chocolate-making at the place where the famous UK confectioners Terry’s and Rowntree were founded.

River Ouse in York city UK

Must see: York Minster (formally known as the Cathedral and Metropolitical Church of Saint Peter in York), the 14th century City Walls (you can walk along the top), National Railway Museum, the Shambles (one of the world’s best-preserved medieval streets), views along the River Ouse and river cruises .

Nice to see: York Maze, York Castle Museum, Castle Howard, York’s Chocolate Story, Clifford’s Tower (great views), York Racecourse.

How much time do you need. You can see the highlights of York in a day, but we recommend 2 full days to see things at a more leisurely pace. If you want to also explore the Yorkshire region, plan a few days extra. See the best suggestions for places to see via the link below.

READ ALSO: Best Day Trips from York

Shambles street in York city UK

Whilst it may have an interesting history and plenty of period architecture to admire, Glasgow is hip and happening. So much so that it is sometimes referred to as ‘Scotland’s city of cool!’.

A mecca for creativity, Glasgow has a strong art scene. You’ll find unique and original products sold everywhere from the city center to its cobbled lanes. You’ll also see impressive murals on walls throughout the city, depicting various figures who have played a large part in Glasgow’s culture.

There are several excellent museums, an architecturally stunning Cathedral, and a full-size sailing ship to explore. Many of Glasgow’s attractions are free to visit, making a visit here much more affordable than in many other UK cities.

There are also some beautiful green spaces throughout Glasgow to sit and soak up the vibrant atmosphere. You’ll find that locals are more than happy to share stories with you of their beloved home. In fact, Time Out magazine once named Glasgow as ‘first for friendliness’. The warmth it extends to its visitors is the reason that Glasgow remains one of the UK’s most popular destinations.

The Tall Ship at Riverside in Glasgow

Must see: Glasgow Cathedral and the adjacent Necropolis, Kelvingrove Museum and Art Gallery, Riverside Museum, and The Tall Ship.

Nice to see: George Square, Gallery of Modern Art, Scotland Street School Museum, Botanic Gardens, Celtic Park Stadium , the Science Museum, University of Glasgow, Hunterian Art Gallery & Museum.

How much time do you need. Glasgow is relatively compact and most attractions are within walking distance of each other. So you can see the very best of Glasgow in a day (see below for more information). But because there is so much to see and do in the city, we recommend planning 2-3 days here. If you have a day to spare, you can also make some really nice day trips to Loch Ness and see some of the Scottish Highlands.

READ ALSO: How to See the Best of Glasgow in One Day

Glasgow Cathedral and Necropolis

Located in the county of Somerset in south-west England, Bath is famous for its Roman ruins. The city is protected as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Bath grew around its ancient Roman baths. Nowadays, you can still experience bathing in Britain’s only natural thermal hot springs at the modern Thermae Bath Spa.

In addition to museums and galleries, there is a great deal of beautiful architecture to enjoy in the city. From the individual honey-colored Georgian buildings to the neo-Classical style of many of its public buildings, Bath is one of the most beautiful cities in the UK!

Bath’s iconic sights, such as the Circus and the Royal Cresent, have become world-famous thanks to TV and film. Some of Jane Austen’s works discussing city life were based on the five years she spent here. Much of the architecture is still just as she described it. A visit to Bath truly feels like taking a step back into history.

Pulteney Bridge over River Avon in Bath city UK

Must see: The Roman Baths, Bath Abbey (take the Tower Tour and climb to the top for breathtaking views of the city), Royal Crescent park, The Circus, Pulteney Bridge.

Nice to see: River cruises , Thermae Bath Spa, the Jane Austen Centre , No. 1 Royal Crescent (museum), Fashion Museum, Royal Victoria Park, The Museum of Bath Architecture.

How much time do you need . It is possible to see all the main sights of Bath in half a day to a day. This makes Bath one of the most popular day trips from London , often in combination with Stonehenge and Windsor Castle . However, a lot of the city’s charm is to be found in the evening. So if you have the time, stay a little longer and include an overnight stay in your visit.

Roman Baths in Bath city in the UK

Belfast is Northern Ireland’s capital and largest city, but it is still relatively small compared to the other capitals. Nevertheless, there is a lot to see and do here. The close proximity of all its attractions makes it easy to see Belfast’s main sights in a short amount of time.

The city where the Titanic was built, Belfast has several excellent museums that look back over its shipbuilding past. You’ll also find museums celebrating its connection to the linen industry. And – more recently – Belfast’s time of political upheaval (known as The Troubles).

Alternatively, you can head to the lively Cathedral quarter with its lovely Victorian architecture and cobbled streets. It’s a popular place with an ever-developing pub and restaurant scene.

Belfast’s historic market gives you the opportunity to buy some authentic arts, crafts, and souvenirs whilst enjoying some stirring live music. Throughout the city, you can see some incredible street art, with hundreds of murals depicting all sorts of key moments in Belfast’s past.

Belfast City Hall

Must see: Titanic Belfast , St George’s Market (every Friday/Saturday/Sunday), Belfast City Hall, Crumlin Road Gaol, Ulster Museum.

Nice to see: Stormont (the home of Northern Ireland’s Parliament), Queens University, Botanic Gardens, C.S Lewis Square, St. Anne’s Cathedral, Cave Hill Country Park (for the excellent views).

How much time do you need. We recommend planning 2 days in order to see all of Belfast’s main attractions. In addition, you can take a day tour to Giant’s Causeway , which is not to be missed when visiting here!

Titanic Belfast

8. Liverpool

Liverpool’s main claim to fame is as the birthplace of the Beatles. If you’re a fan, it’s a great place to visit the city where the band started and drew their inspiration. But there’s so much more to this city that makes it a fantastic place for anyone!

Liverpool is located on the River Mersey. One of the nicest things to do is walk around the docks, which are teeming with cool boutiques, fantastic eateries, and lively bars. The streets of the modern city center are filled with shoppers and street entertainers. But there is lots of history and culture to explore too, with more museums and galleries than you’ll find anywhere else outside London.

Liverpool really comes alive at night! So make sure to stay the night. Dine at one of the many fine restaurants, ending the evening with live music at the iconic Cavern Club. This is the venue at which the Beatles performed nearly 300 times.

READ ALSO: The Beatles in Liverpool (Best Places to See)

The Beatles statue in Liverpool

Must see: The Cavern Club, the Beatles Story , the Royal Albert Dock, World Museum, Liverpool Cathedral, Mersey River Cruises .

Nice to see: Tate Liverpool, Anfield Stadium , Sefton Park, Western Approaches WWII Museum , Liverpool Library, British Music Experience , Museum of Liverpool, Strawberry Field , and the views from Royal Liver Building 360 .

How much time do you need. You will need 1-2 days to see Liverpool’s main sights. If you are a Beatles fan and want to be sure to see all the Beatles-related exhibitions and tours, then you may even need 3 days in the city.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Liverpool & How to visit Liverpool from London (travel info & 1-day itinerary)

Best UK Cities - Liverpool

Oxford is best known for its university which was established in the 12th century. It’s one of the oldest and most famous universities in the world, and so many of the city’s attractions are related to it.

There are 38 separate college buildings and their architecture is incredible! You should definitely see the Christ Church with its impressive Hall (Harry Potter fans will instantly recognize it!) and Cathedral. The gardens of this cathedral are said to have inspired Lewis Carroll’s ‘Alice in Wonderland’.

This beautiful English city was also used as a filming location for some scenes in the Harry Potter movies. While you can probably spot a few of them on your own, fans should really consider a walking tour of the filming locations .

Oxford also has a few interesting museums, a nice riverside ( sightseeing cruises are available), and even its own ‘Bridge of Sighs’, Hertford Bridge. It connects two parts of Hertford College allowing students and professors to quicker travel between different parts of the university.

Oxford - one of the nicest towns in the UK

Must see: Oxford University with the Bodleian Library and some of the oldest colleges (Christ Church College, All Souls College, Magdalen College, Keble College), Radcliffe Camera, Ashmolean Museum, and Hertford Bridge.

Nice to see: Oxford University Museum of Natural History, University Church, Sheldonian Theater, Oxford Castle and Prison, The Pett Rivers Museum. Boat trips are also nice to do, especially in the warmest months.

How much time do you need. You can see many of the main landmarks in Oxford in half a day to a day. With two days, you should be able to cover most of the best attractions in Oxford.

YOU MAY ALSO LIKE: Tips for Traveling to Europe

The Hall at Oxford Christ Church College.

10. Cardiff

The Welsh capital, Cardiff is quite small in size. It only takes about 15 minutes to cycle from one side to the other. But it has a lot to offer its visitors! With a 2000-year-old castle and more green space per capita than any other UK city, it offers lots of opportunities for scenic strolls. Make sure to explore the banks of the River Taff which runs through its beautiful Bute Park.

Just outside the city center is Cardiff Bay. Here, you can visit the seat of the Welsh Government or enjoy everything from cultural attractions to boat trips. Cardiff is a quirky, vibrant, and creative city with numerous music and arts venues and an up and coming culinary scene.

Cardiff is also known to sports fans for its world-famous stadium, the home of Welsh rugby, and the venue for Britain’s Speedway Grand Prix. You can enjoy a meal and a drink at a sports bar and restaurant Elevens Bar And Grill, which is owned by professional footballer Gareth Bale.

Cardiff Wales - one of the best cities in the UK

Must see: Cardiff Castle, Cardiff Bay, Principality Stadium, St Fagans National Museum of History, National Museum, Wales Millenium Centre.

Nice to see: Bute Park, Roath Park, Castell Coch, Cardiff International White Water Centre, the Senedd (the main building for the National Assembly of Wales), Spillers Records (the oldest record shop in the world). Doctor Who tours (popular TV series filming locations) are also very popular.

How much time do you need. Because of Cardiff’s compact size, you can see the best of its attractions in 1-2 days. But there is much worth exploring on its outskirts. So you might want to give yourself an extra day to venture outside the city center.

Pierhead and Wales Millennium Centre at Cardiff pier

11. Nottingham

Nottingham is another really nice city that’s worth your time when touring the UK! This city’s imposing, wide streets and scenic parks have earned it the nickname of the ‘Queen of the Midlands’. However, to most of us, Nottingham will always be the home of the legendary outlaw Robin Hood!

Boasting its own castle, a magnificent cathedral, a network of underground caves, and the vibrant Lace Market – teeming with independent cafes, restaurants, and bars – Nottingham is a city with something for everyone.

Yet just minutes away from its center you can enjoy the serenity and beauty of its green spaces. You can also venture a little further into the enormous Sherwood Forest, home to Robin Hood and his Merry Men.

Robin Hood statue in Nottingham UK

Must see: Nottingham Castle , Wollaton Hall and Park, City of Caves, Old Market Square (Slab Square), Robin Hood Way & the Sherwood Forest.

Nice to see: National Justice Museum, the Arboretum, Ye Olde Trip to Jerusalem (believed to be England’s oldest pub), Nottingham Contemporary Art Gallery, Highfields Park, D.H. Lawrence Birthplace Museum.

How much time do you need. You can see most of Nottingham’s main sights in one full day. For a more relaxed experience (especially if you plan to include a trip out to Sherwood Forest), plan two days for your visit.

Nottingham Old Market Square and City Council

12. Manchester

Probably best known for its Premier League football teams, Manchester has a lot more going on than football! Located in the northwest of England, the city has a rich industrial past, but nowadays, you’ll find a vibrant place where history and modern-day life go hand in hand.

Manchester is a lively city with a warm atmosphere and plenty to see and do to suit all interests. You’ll find some world-class museums, beautiful architecture, great dining and shopping, and lots of fun activities for young and old. 

Be sure to explore the city center and visit some of its historic landmarks! Manchester Cathedral is an absolute must-see, just as John Rylands Library. For contemporary architecture, head to the Quays, where you’ll find the impressive Imperial War Museum North and The Lowry cultural center. River cruises are a great way to explore this part of town as well!

It would be unthinkable to visit Manchester and not check out at least one of its major football stadiums – Old Trafford, home to Manchester United F.C. or Etihad Stadium, home to Manchester City F.C. In addition, the city is also home to the National Football Museum, the largest football museum in the world.

Imperial War Museum North in Manchester

Must see:  City center, Manchester Cathedral, one of the football stadiums , John Rylands Library, and Science and Industry Museum.

Nice to see:  National Football Museum , Imperial War Museum North, Salford Quays, river cruises , People’s History Museum, Manchester Art Gallery, and Castlefield conservation area.

How much time do you need.  It’s possible to see the main sights of Manchester in a day , but you won’t be able to explore much deeper. If you want to visit a few museums and do some shopping as well, you could easily spend 2-3 days here.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Manchester

Manchester Castlefield conservation area

13. Norwich

Norwich is a historic city in the heart of rural East Anglia. It was medieval England’s largest walled town. Because of its isolated location, Norwich was virtually bypassed by the Industrial Revolution. So the town has retained many of its medieval Churches and Tudor architecture. All this makes it a truly fascinating place to visit!

A UNESCO City of Literature, Norwich is also the only city in England to be located in a national park (the Norfolk Broads). It boasts a beautiful nature reserve with a river running through the city and an impressive Romanesque cathedral with scenic, peaceful grounds.

Thatched buildings and brightly colored merchant’s houses are just some of the historic sights that give the city its unique and ancient character. You’ll also find cozy pubs dotted everywhere, serving the finest craft beers and ales.

Norwich Cathedral

Must see: Norwich Cathedral, Norwich Castle, Norwich Market. Norwich Quayside. Outside the city – Blickling Estate.

Nice to see: The Forum, Sainsbury Centre for Visual Arts, Plantation Garden, Strangers Hall, City of Norwich Aviation Museum, Norwich Guildhall.

How much time do you need. You can see the main sights of Norwich in one day.

Quayside Norwich

14. Bristol

Bristol in the southwest of England is one of the country’s coolest cities. The home town of famed UK street artist Banksy has a strong reputation for creativity. Ultra-modern museums and trendy restaurants make it a fun and lively place to visit, particularly around the port and harbor area which is full of bars and cafes.

But the city has an interesting history, too, with stunning ancient churches, a cathedral, and galleries. Perhaps most fascinating of all is Bristol’s seafaring links. It was the birthplace of the notorious pirate Blackbeard and inspired parts of the famous maritime novels Treasure Island and Robinson Crusoe.

There are some lovely green spaces to explore in the city. Or you can choose to get away from the crowds by taking a boat trip along the River Avon. from the water, you can admire the unusually brightly colored buildings and houses that overlook it.

Statue of Ram Mohan Roy and Bristol Cathedral in the UK

Must see: Bristol Cathedral, Waterfront, Bristol Museum and Art Gallery, Clifton Suspension Bridge (looks great at night too), SS Great Britain, Brandon Hill Park & Cabot Tower (great views from the top).

Nice to see: St Mary Redcliffe church, Bristol Zoo Gardens (the 5th oldest zoo in the world), At-Bristol Science Centre, Queen Square. Also, Avon Valley Railway and Blaise Castle Estate (outside the city).

How much time do you need. Bristol is a relatively small city but has lots to see and do. You can cover the highlights in a day, but you need at least 2 days to enjoy it properly.

Clifton Suspension Bridge in Bristol UK

15. Brighton

The coastal city of Brighton is one of the UK’s most diverse places to visit. It offers everything from vintage seaside attractions to Bohemian markets and Victorian architecture. The city has Britain’s biggest gay scene and some of the best independent shops and boutiques, largely concentrated around the iconic Lanes.

Its pier – packed with rides and entertainment – is one of the biggest attractions in the southeast of England. Brighton even has an exotic palace, Royal Pavilion, that would look more at home in India or China than on the UK’s south coast!

Brighton is also a great UK city for foodies. You’ll find everything from traditional British fish & chips to the finest cuisine at gourmet restaurants. There are lots of bars and eateries lining the pebbled beach, which immediately gives you a vacation feel.

You are never far away from the raw beauty of nature either. Brighton is perfectly positioned to enjoy stunning walks along the England Coast Path. Be sure to visit the white cliffs of Seven Sisters and South Downs nearby!

Royal Pavilion in Brighton UK

Must see: Brighton Palace Pier, Brighton Royal Pavilion and Gardens, Brighton Museum and Art Gallery, British Airways i360 Viewing Tower, The Lanes, North Laine.

Nice to see: Regency Square, Brighton Marina, Brighton Toy and Model Museum, Brighton Beach and Promenade, Old Steine Gardens, Brighton Festival (3 weeks every May).

How much time do you need. You will definitely need at least 3 days in Brighton. There is so much to do in Brighton that you could easily spend 5 days in the city, especially in summer.

Brighton Beach UK

So, this is our guide to the best, most beautiful cities in the UK.

As you can see, there’s so much more to the UK than just its cities! But even if you visit just a few of these, you’ll get to know a very different country than just by visiting London!

TIP: If you are looking for a more ‘local’ city/ beach holiday in the UK, check out Blackpool . It’s one of the most popular seaside resorts in the UK! Here you can learn all about what there is to see and do in Blackpool . Check it out!

More travel tips and inspiration for all over the UK:

  • Must-see in London:  Top London Attractions
  • Different London :  Hidden Gems of London  &  Best Views in London
  • Good to know:  London Travel Tips & Best Areas to Stay in London
  • With kids:  London with Kids  &  Family Afternoon Tea in London
  • Greenwich:  Best Things to Do in Greenwich
  • Cornwall: Best Places to Visit in Cornwall & Where to Stay in Cornwall
  • Yorkshire:  Yorkshire Day Trips
  • Blackpool: Best Things to Do in Blackpool & Tips for Visiting Blackpool & Best Day Trips from Blackpool
  • Scotland:   Isle of Skye  &  Scotland Whisky Tour
  • Edinburgh:  Top Edinburgh Attractions  &  One Day in Edinburgh
  • Glasgow:  One Day in Glasgow

READ ALSO: Traditional British Food & Where to Try It in the UK

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

Best UK cities to visit for tourists

Photos: Personal collection and Depositphotos.com. Additional credits: Featured image: TTstudio/Shutterstock.com// Cardiff Bay – photo by phil_bird/Depositphotos.com// Belfast Titanic – photo by zhuzhu/Depositphotos.com// Beatles – gianliguori/Depositphotos.com// Cambridge Bridge of Sighs – chrisdorney/Depositphotos.com// Cambridge University – Umdash9/Depositphotos.com// Manchester Castlefield – cowardlion /Depositphotos.com//.

Best cities to visit in the United Kingdom

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Thursday 21st of September 2023

Go to Southampton if you want to see nice cruiseships and the New Forest is very close too.

Tuesday 1st of August 2023

Thank you for sharing useful information ...

Saturday 5th of August 2023

Glad to help. Have a great trip!

Saturday 11th of February 2023

I can't believe Birmingham is not on the list, it's the most underrated city in the UK, perhaps it's because once the heart of the Indudtrial Revolution the slums of back to back houses were there until the 1970's, and its maze of run down underground canals. Most canals have now been restored with many nice bars and restaurants on the side of the canals, in and outside the City. It's a compact City Centre that is easy to walk around. The Art Gallery is one of the best I have ever been in, and each time I'm in the City I can't resist going in there, and it is free to go around, unlike in Venice where you have to pay and is nowhere near as interesting as Brums Art Gallery. For those who like to shop it is a City Centre renown for its Bull Ring Shopping Centre. Eating and enjoying Asian food, there is no-where better in Europe. But go and see the City for yourself. The only thing is traveling into the City by train looks awful, but don't judge the book by its cover. Brum has everything, and is a multi cultural City. I live in Spain these days but my heart is in Birmingham, and it's surroundings Remember Stratford upon Avon is only 20 miles away. 👍👍

Sunday 12th of February 2023

Thanks for your suggestions and tips. I'm sure it can be helpful for some of our readers who are looking for even more cities to explore in the UK. Happy travels!

Jessica Fletcher

Sunday 22nd of January 2023

London does not belong on any list of good cities, end of story. Miserable people, ugly buildings, expensive, nothing worthwhile to see except contrived tourist fodder and obscene wealth. One of the worst cities I've ever been to and I've been to most of the major towns and cities in the UK. Otherwise a great list! Glasgow is one that surprised me a lot, considering its bad reputation but it was surprisingly beautiful and the people were very friendly and down to Earth.

@Jessica Fletcher, Jessica you need to use the underground and look around different parts of the City. London is steeped in history and has something for all tastes..Dont be put off by being expensive. There are a lot of reasonably priced places just be adventurous and seek them out. Including places to stay.

Friday 10th of February 2023

@Jurga, now you know second person 😅 as I just hate London, anytime I have to go there it is a nightmare for me.

Monday 23rd of January 2023

Wow, that's a strong opinion about London, Jessica. You are literally the first person I ever 'met' who doesn't like London. I guess that just proves that everyone is different and likes different things. And that's ok. We all have our experiences and our opinions. For us, London is one of the most interesting cities in the world. No matter how many times we go back, there's always something new and exciting to discover, and so many amazing places everywhere you look. Perhaps you should give London a second chance and look beyond the main tourist attractions... We have a 'hidden gems' guide with some suggestions ;). Happy travels!

Friday 13th of January 2023

cardiff and Oxford do not deserve to be in that list, no where near as good as the others!

Sunday 15th of January 2023

Ha ha, we literally just added Oxford to this list because quite a few people thought it deserved a mention. :) And many of our American readers absolutely love it as a day trip from London too. I guess everybody has their own opinion and I'm sure our readers can make their own decisions on which places look the most interesting to them. Happy travels!

  • Family Travel
  • Travel Gear
  • Cruise Holidays
  • Dog Friendly
  • More Destinations
  • Food + Restaurant Reviews
  • Theatre & Live Shows
  • Privacy Policy
  • Disclosure Policy

Zena\'s Suitcase

Best Places in the UK to Visit in February

best uk cities to visit in february

The UK staycation is going to be a popular choice for many this year for so many reasons, and so it should be. We have a long list of beautiful places to visit and wonderful landmarks to explore across the whole country. In very little time at all, you can be enjoying those holiday vibes with family and friends, without having to deal with any of the hoops that European or International Travel presents these days.

Just pack the car with what you need or book yourself a train ticket, and let us help you decide which part of the UK you will be exploring on your next holiday.

Where to go in February

best uk cities to visit in february

Our number 1 place to visit in the UK during February is Cornwall. If you want to avoid the traffic and the crowds that Cornwall attract in the summer months, then February is a great time to visit. The beaches are virtually empty and you will have no trouble at all visiting any local landmark you chose.

Given that the roads are so much quieter and tourists are few and far between, you’ll be able to explore so much more of this wonderful county. During your time in Cornwall you could the stunning visit Tintagel Castle for a breathtaking dayout. The Eden Project is also a place we highly recommend adding to your list for days out in Cornwall.

best uk cities to visit in february

Cornwall is also a place where you will never be short of great places to eat and drink, as it’s a region that is incredibly proud of it’s local produce and fine dining.

The Cotswolds

Another one of our highly recommended places to go in the UK during February is The Cotswolds . If you have not had the pleasure of exploring the quaint villages and rolling countryside that this part of England is so famous for, then perhaps it should be the top of your list for your next UK break.

best uk cities to visit in february

The picturesque villages are swamped with visitors in the summer months, and your instagrammable holiday experience can often be disappointing unless you are prepared to start your tour of Castle Combe at the crack of dawn. If you hit the ground running on a blue sky day in February, you will find yourself immersed in the very best that this charming part of the country has to offer, with far less crowds to-boot!

Devon can also be another popular destination in the summer months that is often overlooked at this time of year. If you are in search of beautiful beach walks, medieval towns to explore and famous UK national parks, then Devon most certainly has it all.

Whether you fancy North Devon and it’s traditional seaside towns like Woolacombe or Westward Ho!, or take your road trip further south to Dartmouth or Brixham, or anything in between, you are in for a real treat if you decide to visit this part of the United Kingdom.

Buckland Abbey Devon

Outdoor lovers are promised some fantastic scenery and dramatic coastline while exploring Devon, as well as plenty of historic towns and villages to explore. Looking for nice places to places in the UK to visit, then Buckland Abbey, Arlington Court and National Trust Carriage Museum and Hartland Quay are worth adding to your list.

If you want a historical UK city break with a difference this February, then Bath is without a doubt one of the top places in the UK to visit. Whether you are a fan of Jane Austen, a Roman history buff or just love to visit enchanting UK holiday destinations, then I promise you that Bath will tick all the right boxes.

The city is the only one in the country to be given UNESCO status due to its significant historical including its Roman origins as well as it’s stunning Georgian architecture and landscape. Bath lends itself very well to a short break or as a stop over on the way to other parts of the south west.

The Roman Baths

There’s so much to see and do in this historical city, including visit the Roman Baths, take a boat trip along the River Avon or simply enjoy explore this wonderful city by foot, which we highly recommend.

We’re still not sure why Dorset isn’t as popular a place to visit in the UK as Devon or Cornwall, as in our opinion it has a great deal to offer. It can feel a lot more accessible by road than Cornwall, and with even less visitors on the road, your travel time can be reduced considerably if you visit in February.

Not only does Dorset boast a significant stretch of the famous Jurassic Coast, which is fascinating in itself, it’s also home to the colourful seaside town of Weymouth, which makes for an excellent base for exploring this part of the UK. Studland Bay, Corfe Castle and Portland Bill also make Dorset one of the nicest places in the UK to visit.

view of durdle door dorset on uk coast

Don’t let the unpredictable British weather put you off at this time of year, as often some dramatic weather can add to your experience as well as deterring the crowds.

Now that you know the best places to visit in the UK this February, which one will you be going to? Let us know in the comments below.

Pin for later

best uk cities to visit in february

Share this:

  • Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on LinkedIn (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Tumblr (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Reddit (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Pocket (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
  • Click to print (Opens in new window)
  • Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)

RELATED ARTICLES MORE FROM AUTHOR

best uk cities to visit in february

Discover the Best Spring Flower Destinations in the UK

london christmas decorations

Best Winter Holiday Destinations in the UK

Blue and green family camping tents with table and chairs, under oak trees in the woodland campground, on a sunny summer day .

Top 10 Best Campsites in the UK: Embark on Unforgettable Outdoor Adventures!

best uk cities to visit in february

UK in Spring: Top Best Outdoor Activities for Tourists 

red telephone booth

What to Pack for a UK Holiday: Free Packing List Printable

view of london

Best UK cities to visit in Autumn

I’m really keen to visit the Cotswolds – having never been. We’ve visited a lot of other places around the UK, but never there. It does look so picturesque.

Comments are closed.

Awesome, you're subscribed!

Thanks for subscribing! Look out for your first newsletter in your inbox soon!

The best things in life are free.

Sign up for our email to enjoy your city without spending a thing (as well as some options when you’re feeling flush).

Déjà vu! We already have this email. Try another?

By entering your email address you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and consent to receive emails from Time Out about news, events, offers and partner promotions.

Love the mag?

Our newsletter hand-delivers the best bits to your inbox. Sign up to unlock our digital magazines and also receive the latest news, events, offers and partner promotions.

  • Things to Do
  • Food & Drink
  • Arts & Culture
  • Coca-Cola Foodmarks
  • Los Angeles

Get us in your inbox

🙌 Awesome, you're subscribed!

New Forest in winter

The 14 most brrrilliant winter getaways in the UK

Reindeer, Rick Stein and the aurora borealis: check out our top picks for the best winter getaways in the UK for 2023

John Bills

It's time to wrap up, folks: winter is just around the corner, and to the eternally optimistic folks here at Time Out, it means rosy cheeks, romantic walks and zip-lining through massive caves in North Wales . We never claimed to be normal.

Don those extra layers, hats, scarves and gloves, and get ready to enjoy all the glorious winteriness that the UK has to offer. You can head out in search of the Northern Lights , reindeer, Rick Stein’s finest creations and more — there is a lot to love in the UK, but winter shimmers brightest in these spots. Check out our top picks for the best winter getaways in the UK. 

RECOMMENDED: 🌳The most amazing treehouses in the UK you can actually stay in 🚘 The best road trips in the UK 🏰The best castles in the UK 🧙‍♂️The best magical places to visit in the UK

At Time Out, all of our travel guides are written by local writers who know their cities inside out. For more about how we curate, see our editorial guidelines . This guide includes affiliate links, which have no influence on our editorial content. For more information, see our affiliate guidelines .

An email you’ll actually love

Best winter getaways in the UK

Cornwall

1.  Cornwall

Make plans for a Cornwall road trip this winter, and your heart will almost certainly grow in size. Not literally, that would be dangerous, but the procession of quaint fishing villages and sweeping walks are the stuff winter dreams are made of. Indulge in all the Rick Stein food you can find in Padstow before falling head over heels in love with St Ives , Mousehole and the rest.

📍 Check out the best things to do in Cornwall

North Wales

2.  North Wales

One way to keep warm during the winter months is to get the adrenaline flowing, and there are plenty of opportunities to do just that. North  Wales offers a cavalcade of the things, from underground zip-lining in Llechwedd to rugged mountain biking in the wilds of Snowdonia National Park. The northern coast is gorgeous during the winter months, and towns like Conwy, Wrexham and Bangor come alive with frenzied conversation and plenty of pints.

📍Check out t he best things to do in North Wales

York

3.  York

The Yorkshire marvel is a fantastic city all year round, and the brilliant roster of museums, restaurants  and experiences make it a top-notch spot during winter. The National Railway Museum is arguably the best travel-centric museum in the country, while York ’s Viking history is most alive at this time of year. Hit up the Jorvik Viking Centre and learn about those brutal times, before heading on an evening ghost tour of this most fascinating city.

📍Check out the best things to do in York

Bath

4.  Bath

Bath is one of the most architecturally delightful cities in England, but there is something about a thin layer of snow that brings new characters out of the many constructions here. The Somerset stunner embraces the festive period like few other places, with a packed calendar of events and more romance than you can shake your fist at. Bath is plenty romantic all year round, but the feeling is taken to a new level during winter. The Christmas Market in Bath opens on November 24 and runs until December 11, so don’t miss that.

📍Check out the best things to do in Bath

Giant’s Causeway

5.  Giant’s Causeway

The epic nature of the Giant’s Causeway shouldn’t lend itself to a simple experience, right? Visit Northern Ireland ’s legendary interlocking columns when the air is crisp, the winds high and the temperature low, and put yourself in the boots of a hardy warrior from years gone by. Watch your step, obviously, and visit safe knowing that the warmth of the Bushmills distillery is only a couple of miles down the road.

📍Check out the best things to do in Northern Ireland

Glasgow

6.  Glasgow

The best music scene in the UK? Many cities will put their hands up with that one, but Glasgow might just pip them all to the prize. The gigs ramp up during the colder months as music fans across the city head for the warmth of the venues in search of the next Mogwai, Primal Scream or Belle & Sebastian. Hardy souls with excellent hats and scarves can take advantage of the idyllic green spaces, and the Glasgow Botanic Gardens are a celebration of flora that rival anything across the country.

📍Check out the   best things to do in Glasgow

Orkney Islands

7.  Orkney Islands

Of course, there is no guarantee when it comes to seeing the Northern Lights , but you still need to put yourself in the best position to see the phenomenon. In the UK, that means a trip to the stunning Orkney Islands, where the lights are referred to as the Merry Dancers. The aurora borealis is a fixture on many a bucket list, so head north during the colder months and hope the space particles are moving in your favour. Even if the colourful sky doesn’t materialise, the peace and tranquillity of Orkney is something to behold.

Pembrokeshire

8.  Pembrokeshire

No, you won’t find scorching winter temperatures anywhere during the winter here, but that doesn’t mean you should avoid the beach. Something is soothing about a beach during winter, and nowhere is this more apparent than in Pembrokeshire. This region in West Wales is all quaint villages and sweeping views, with brilliant walks and cosy pubs all over the place. If you’ve ever wanted to have an entire beach to yourself, Pembrokeshire in winter offers just that.

Cairngorms National Park

9.  Cairngorms National Park

Is there an animal more tied to winter than the magnificent reindeer? Santa’s faithful chauffeurs can be seen in several places across the UK, but Scotland’s Cairngorms National Park is the only place where they run free as nature intended. You can see the handsome beasts all year round, but, come on, reindeer and Christmas are a match made in heaven. The national park is a stunner in its own right. Be sure to read Nan Shepherd’s ‘The Living Mountain’   before you go to amp up the excitement.

📍Check out the most beautiful national parks in the UK

Norwich

10.  Norwich

It always feels somewhat dangerous to throw such accolades around, but Norwich might be the most underrated city in the UK. A fabulous collection of bars and restaurants accentuate a long history and an atmosphere that is all of its own. It also makes a great base for exploring the Norfolk coast, where seals come to rest in winter. Blakeney Point Nature Reserve (a 40-minute drive from Norwich) is the place to see those beauties.

📍Check out the best things to do in Norwich

Ards Peninsula

11.  Ards Peninsula

Peace, tranquillity, serenity. Yes, they all essentially mean the same thing, but that doesn’t mean we shouldn’t be seeking them out at every turn. Northern Ireland ’s Ards Peninsula is a hub of quietude in winter, with a wide range of beautiful walking spots that reward the hardy ambler with stunning views and all the romance one could need. Just wear a decent windbreaker because the winds get pretty rambunctious in these parts. 

Hay-on-Wye

12.  Hay-on-Wye

Book lovers have long known that Hay-on-Wye is the place to be, but even literary cynics will find plenty to sink their teeth into here during winter. The Hay Festival Winter Weekend takes place at the end of November (24 to 27 this year), and the entire extravaganza is a celebration of storytelling that will breathe new life into sceptical souls. The festival coincides with turning on the Christmas lights in town, which is always a cheerful occasion. 

New Forest

13.  New Forest

Ponies racing over crackling leaves and snow-covered ground will never not be a gorgeous image, and New Forest National Park is the place to go for such scenes. You’ll have to find the ponies first, of course, and treat them with the utmost respect, but there is plenty more to entice when the temperature is low. The park is at its quietest during the winter months, with fewer cars and general traffic, making for beautiful strolls and some of the finest sunsets the UK has to offer. 

📍Check out the best things to do in the New Forest

Ayr

14.  Ayr

Burns Night is a big deal, but where is the best place to celebrate it? Right in the heart of Burns Country, of course. Robert Burns was born in the village of Alloway, and the nearby town of Ayr is a hive of activity when the Scottish poet’s night comes along. That is January 25, for the record. Ayr is a medium-sized town with fewer than 50,000 people, but the appreciation of Burns here is second to none. You might as well make the pilgrimage to Alloway for the Robert Burns Birthplace Museum while in the area. 

[image] [title]

Discover Time Out original video

  • Press office
  • Investor relations
  • Work for Time Out
  • Editorial guidelines
  • Privacy notice
  • Do not sell my information
  • Cookie policy
  • Accessibility statement
  • Terms of use
  • Modern slavery statement
  • Manage cookies
  • Advertising
  • Time Out Market

Time Out products

  • Time Out Worldwide

PlanetWare.com

16 Best Places to Visit in Winter in the UK

Written by Shandley McMurray Updated Nov 13, 2023

The UK is a beautiful place to visit at any time of year, but there's something about winter that brings out its true magic. Thatched roofs loaded with snow, frost-laden meadows, and outdoor skating rinks make everything feel festive and fun in winter.

Climb the snow-covered tors in Devon's Dartmoor National Park , browse London's Christmas markets , or sled through the Scottish Highlands . There are so many great places to visit in winter in the UK. Plus, you won't have to fight the spring crowds or balk at summer's high prices.

While it would be nice if the UK was all fluffy white flakes and bright blue skies during winter, that's not always the case. More often than not, its famously rainy countries will be plagued by cold drizzle, so pack an umbrella, waterproof boots (a.k.a. wellies), and a few extra layers of clothing.

Now that you know what to pack, plan your chilly but fun journey with our list of the best places to visit in winter in the UK.

1. Edinburgh, Scotland

2. york, england, 3. isle of skye, scotland, 4. the cotswolds, england, 5. london, england, 6. canterbury, england, 7. bath, england, 8. dartmoor national park, england, 9. cairngorms national park, scotland, 10. oxford, england, 11. the lake district, england, 12. brecon beacons, wales, 13. cambridge, england, 14. the new forest national park, hampshire, england, 15. isle of rona, scotland, 16. st. ives, cornwall, map of places to visit in winter in the uk.

Edinburgh on a snowy winter's day

Scotland's capital is majestic in every season. Add a sprinkling of snow and festive lights to the mix of ancient buildings and cobbled streets, and you've got yourself some romance. Did we mention the towering Edinburgh Castle perched atop a hill? Told you it was a magical setting, especially in winter.

Visit before the holidays and you'll be treated to the adorable Christmas markets, extravagant lights, and festive music on offer as part of the Edinburgh Winter Festival . This multi-day extravaganza lights up the city's already charming streets and boasts a fair-like festive atmosphere that draws crowds from across the UK. Lace-up a pair of rental skates and swirl your way around an outdoor ice rink, with St. Andrew Square and Murrayfield Ice Rink top of the list.

Those who visit for New Year's (a.k.a. Hogmanay ), one of the most popular holidays in the country, are in for a treat. Edinburgh celebrates the first of January with a three-day event. We're talking street parties, torchlight processions, and concerts. It ends with a bang fireworks style on the 31 st .

  • Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Edinburgh

York Minster

Like Edinburgh, York also plays host to festive Christmas markets. The famous and award-winning St. Nicholas Fair takes up most of the city's streets, runs from mid-November through to Christmas, and regularly attracts upwards of a million visitors each season. An outdoor ice rink, carol singers, a giant lighted tree, and a vast market featuring 100 wooden chalets line Parliament Street and St. Sampson's Square .

Grab a hot chocolate and wander around the historic Shambles , where you'll be transported to the 13 th century. A narrow street lined by medieval buildings made of timber, it is perfectly captivating and boasts a wide selection of eclectic shops and a Yuletide Village featuring local arts and crafts.

When you've had enough festive cheer, head to the town's crown jewel: the Gothic York Minster. You won't have to jostle through crowds to enjoy the hallowed walls of this top attraction. If you can, try to make it one of the Minster's wonderful Christmas Carol Concerts , as well as the York Minster Christmas Tree Festival.

Another fun thing to do in York in winter is to walk atop the city's ancient walls to enjoy unbeatable vistas without the foot traffic that plagues warmer months.

  • Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in York, England

The Fairy Pools on the Isle of Skye backed by the snowcapped Black Cuillin Mountains

Scotland's Isle of Skye is one of the most enchanting places in the UK, and possibly the world. This star of the inner Hebrides region has everything you'd hope for in a Scottish vacation, including castles, mountains, and fairy glens. As long as you dress warmly, you can enjoy them all.

Slip on a warm coat and waterproofs for a trip to the Fairy Pools . While you won't want to jump in for a swim (even in summer they're freezing), these lovely pools are worthy of a visit.

Bring your camera, as you'll want to snap a zillion photos of the warm winter light reflecting off the pools and the snowcapped Black Cuillin Mountains towering above them. Speaking of light, winter visitors get an added bonus: it's much easier to catch a sunrise at this time of year.

During summer, the sun makes an appearance at 4am (talk about early!). In winter, it doesn't rise until a more acceptable 9am. The sun begins to set around 3:30pm, showering the sky with remarkable pink hues and sometimes rainbows. If you're lucky, you may spot the northern lights .

While winter may not be the most popular or best time to visit Scotland, it is the cheapest, so you'll be saving a pretty penny when traveling at this time.

Read More: Top Tourist Attractions in the Isle of Skye

Snow-covered Castle Combe village in the Cotswolds

You'll be hard-pressed to find a more entrancingly beautiful place than the Cotswolds, especially when the region's tiny ancient towns are blanketed with snow. Grab a sled and hurl yourself down the hills near Broadway Tower or don hiking boots to marvel at the shimmering meadows of the Malvern Hills.

Then, head to the area's real showstoppers: its storybook villages . Cobblestone laneways, honey-colored stone buildings, and quaint thatched-roof cottages pepper each town, upping the charm factor dramatically. You won't be able to stop yourself from taking photographs and uttering an audible "ahh" (or 20) over its overt loveliness.

Popular towns like Castle Combe , Bibury , Bourton-on-the-Water , and Painswick are charming at all times but look even more phenomenal without the hordes of tourists that bombard their tiny streets in spring and summer.

Book a husky ride with Arctic Quest Sled Dog Adventures . Based in Tewkesbury , this creative company offers exciting sled dog adventures you won't forget. No snow? No problem. Arctic Quest also has unique sleds with wheels, so you'll get a full "mush" experience (where you're pulled behind a team of huskies) whatever the weather. After your ride, warm up at the campfire with a hot chocolate.

London in the winter

There are many reasons to visit London in winter. The city is adorned with festiveness, stretching from the banks of the Thames River to the vibrant streets near Trafalgar Square . Once it snows, which happens rarely, the city becomes a unique utopia made even more beautiful by the recent dusting.

Take the opportunity to enjoy an empty Tower of London , and snap selfies on the now much quieter streets near Westminster Abbey and Big Ben . Then, skate outside the Natural History Museum or book tickets to a pantomime (a.k.a. "panto") for extra fun.

London's biggest (and busiest) celebration of the season is the spectacular Hyde Park Winter Wonderland . Set in the city's largest green space, this unique take on a Christmas Market runs for six weeks from mid-November through to New Year's Day and features everything from fairground rides to entertainment, shopping, and countless food experiences.

Shoppers unite at Covent Garden , which is peppered with local artisans selling their unique wares. Stick around for one of the impromptu concerts and prepare to be entertained (whether you want to or not) by the numerous buskers.

Those hoping for more highbrow finds head to the city's most celebrated and impressively decorated shopping district found along Regent and Oxford Streets . Snap photos of the adorable window decorations on Carnaby Street (just east of Regent Street) on your way to Hamley's , the city's best toy shop.

Canterbury Cathedral

The county of Kent is so attractive it was dubbed the "Garden of England" by Henry VIII. Rolling hills, dramatic cliffs, and medieval towns make this an unmissable locale, even in winter. Of all the region's beautiful cities, Canterbury is the most captivating.

Like most large English cities, Canterbury plays host to Christmas markets in late November through December and boasts festive lights that stay up much longer to enhance the charming cobblestone streets.

A trip to Canterbury Cathedral is a must. Gothic towers adorn this UNESCO World Heritage Site, stretching so high above the streets that they're impossible to miss. In its shadow lies King's Mile , a collection of winding streets spotted with independent shops and eateries selling everything from cheese to art.

The Pulteney bridge over the Avon River in Bath

Arguably one of England's most elegant and gorgeous cities, Bath thrives during the winter months. The town's Christmas Market has been voted one of the best in the country and features over 170 chalets selling unique gifts and tasty treats set within ancient streets lined by Georgian buildings.

Every November, the city hosts the annual Bath Mozartfest , a nine-day festival honoring the famed composer as well as his contemporaries like Beethoven and Schubert. Over 16 concerts are performed by world-class musicians in some of the town's most beautiful venues.

Bath's main attraction is over 2,000 years old and a perfect place to warm up. Established in 75 BCE, the award-winning Roman Baths boast ancient hot springs and an enviable spa. They also stay open for twilight hours and offer special three-course holiday meals in the on-site Pump Room Restaurant .

Bath Abbey is particularly enchanting when draped with snow. Head inside for some warmth, and admire the stained-glass windows (the King Edgar Window is incredibly intricate) and carved angels found throughout the building.

Visiting nearby Longleat (a stately home with its own safari park) is a must. Each winter, they decorate the home and park with dazzling outdoor exhibits, including an amazing display of Chinese lanterns as part of the Festival of Light .

  • Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Bath

Sunrise on a snowy morning in Dartmoor National Park

Moody and romantic, England's moors are the stuff of dreams and fairy tales: just read a novel by Emily Brontë!

A sprinkling of snow on Dartmoor National Park transforms this beautiful landscape into a magical winter wonderland. Add roaming ponies, sheep, and cows to the scenery, and you've got a wonderfully bucolic setting.

Located in Devon, a beautiful county on England's west coast , Dartmoor is beloved by outdoor adventurists. Deep river valleys, towering tors, and golden heaths mark this rugged landscape, inviting visitors to bike, hike, raft, or climb its granite boulders. Some even pack a sled (or sledge, as it's known in the UK).

Pack warm, waterproof layers and be prepared to encounter all types of precipitation during your winter visit. Everything from heavy mist to pounding rain to sleet to snow to ice can envelop the area within a day.

River Luineag flowing into Loch Morlich in the Cairngorms National Park

Sometimes you come upon a place so beautiful, it takes your breath away. Cairngorms National Park is one of these places. While beautiful in all seasons, there's something about winter that ups the picturesque qualities, not to mention the tranquillity, of this Scottish gem.

Located in the Scottish Highlands , Cairngorms National Park presents visitors with a slew of things to do. Its high elevation almost ensures enough snow to ski, sled, or snowshoe during the winter months. Plus, the lack of leaves at this time makes it easier to spot the incredible wildlife.

Enjoy skiing? Hit the slopes at one of the area's three ski resorts: CairnGorm Mountain , Lecht , or Glenshee .

Winter at All Souls College in Oxford

Oxford is one of the oldest and most majestic cities in England. History seeps from every crevice of this famed university town, which is spotted with some of the country's most impressive architecture.

It's best to visit the spectacular medieval buildings on foot. Walking tours of all types, including sightseeing tours and those aimed at fans of J.R.R. Tolkien and Harry Potter movie buffs, are available to book at the Visitor Information Center on Broad Street .

On your journey, you'll pass iconic structures like the Bodleian Library and Christ Church Cathedral , which are made even more stunning when sprinkled with snow. For a bird's-eye view, visit Carfax Tower in the center of town before being tempted by the shops and restaurants lining the pretty High Street .

Or climb the tower at the University Church of St. Mary the Virgin. It boasts impressive city and countryside vistas. At night, catch a concert or play at the Sheldonian Theater on Broad Street .

  • Read More: Top-Rated Places to Visit in Oxford

A winter morning at Rydal in the English Lake District

Cumbria is home to a truly phenomenal area of natural beauty: The Lake District . In addition to the 16 lakes that inspired the region's name, there are majestic mountains, the tallest of which is Scafell Pike ; verdant valleys; and romantic moors. But the fun doesn't stop there.

The towns of the Lake District put on a wonderful show at this time of year. Christmas markets filled with independent booths selling unique gifts spring up all over, including the towns of Windermere , Ambleside , Hawkshead , and Cockermouth .

Ulverston brings life to the classic Charles Dicken's holiday tale, A Christmas Carol . Each year, this historic market town transforms its streets into Dickensian-era markets featuring street performances and residents roaming the area in period costumes at the Ulverston Dickensian Christmas Festival .

Snowcapped mountains in the Brecon Beacons, Wales

Winter really is the best season to see a mountain range, and the Brecon Beacons are more than worthy of a visit during the coldest months. One of the best tourist attractions in South Wales , this dramatic range is breathtakingly beautiful, and it covers over 46,000 hectares.

If you're hoping to hike (which is the best way to experience these peaks), we suggest gearing up properly and pre-planning your route. Don't head out if the weather is bad, tell a friend where you're going, and be aware of the tide schedule so you don't get caught.

Now that you're ready, head to the Begwyns . An easy 3.2-kilometer walking trail offers unsurpassable views without the need to hike up mountains. Plus, it only takes about an hour, so you won't get too cold.

Hoping for a more difficult trek? The Cwm Llwch from Cwm Gwdi Walk is a challenging way to summit Britain's highest mountain, Pen y Fan . It's almost 13 kilometers long, involves a climb of 576 meters, and will take about five hours to complete.

KIng's College Chapel in Cambridge

Wonderful things happen in Cambridge, and we're not just talking about the discoveries made by the city's talented university scholars. Punting along the River Cam is one of the most popular activities in Cambridge , even during the winter.

Each year, the city hosts the Big Christmas Lights Switch On , which happens in mid-November. A couple of weeks later, visitors are presented with the Mill Road Winter Fair . Here, they are treated to festive music, tasty treats, and even dancing in the streets.

Join in the fun in Parker's Piece Park , where you can show off your skating skills on the covered outdoor ice rink. When you've had enough, warm up at a cozy cafe with a hot chocolate topped with marshmallows.

Horses grazing in New Forest National Park

England's New Forest National Park is a magical place filled with wild ponies, winding nature trails, and vast fields. The best thing to do in the New Forest is wander, exploring this natural wonderland either on foot or on a bicycle.

Set aside three hours (or two if you prefer walking at a faster pace) and head to Brockenhurst . From here, pick up the Buckland Rings Trail . It will guide you through the dense Roydon Woods nature reserve and over Setley Plain . Finally, you'll arrive at Buckland Rings, a historic site that served as a hill fort during the Iron Age.

Who says you can't enjoy water-based activities in the winter? Certainly not the New Forest Activities center. They boast kayaking, canoeing, and other fun adventures (including land-based activities) throughout the year. No matter what activities you choose, you'll be in awe of the winter landscape in the New Forest.

When it's time to warm your toes by a fire and enjoy a toasty stew, head to Lyndhurst. One of the best small towns in England , this little charmer lies in the heart of the New Forest.

View towards the Isle of Rona

A winter vacation to the Isle of Rona is about as cozy and romantic as you can get in the UK. A small and remote island located between the Isle of Skye and western Scotland, this teeny isle (it's only five miles long) is home to only two permanent residents and four cottages; three of which can be rented.

The cottages are lovely, fronted with stone and topped with slate. They boast underfloor heating and wood burners, so you'll easily beat the chill of a Scottish winter. With no shops or even roads on the island, be prepared to go off grid. You'll have to bring your food and drink with you. Think of it like camping but in luxurious accommodations.

The island itself is what people gravitate towards. It's peppered with varied terrain so beautiful that you'll forget about feeling wet and cold. Secret lochs and coves, rocky outcroppings, mossy woodlands, and of course, the dramatic Sound of Raasay . Wild animals like the red deer, otter, and seals populate the island, and various species of birds can be spotted.

Getting here isn't easy. You'll have to board a boat in Portree, and it only runs once a week. The trip takes about an hour and the walk to your cottage is about a kilometer away.

Harbour at St. Ives in winter

The charming seaside town of St. Ives in Cornwall is not only one of the best places to visit in winter in the UK for its stunning scenery, but it's also one of the mildest spots in the country at this time of year . Temperatures in this most south-westerly corner of the UK are generally a few degrees warmer, with snow a rarity. It also experiences less rainfall, too, which makes getting outdoors and exploring this lovely coastal town a pleasure at any time of year.

If you can visit in the lead-up to Christmas and New Year, so much the better. December brings with it a wide array of fun things to do in St. Ives, from a lovely lantern parade to a Christmas Market showcasing gifts and crafts made by local artisans. You'll also want to attend a pantomime. These family-friendly sendups of famous fairy tales are held at St. Ives Theatre and are a hoot for all ages, with plenty of jeering and booing expected from the audience.

The post-Christmas period is another good time to visit, with polar dips on Boxing Day for hardy types not averse to a cold swim. New Year's Eve is also fun, with a carnival and parade attracting residents and visitors dressed up in colorful costumes.

Even if you miss the festive season, the stunning coastline around St. Ives offers up memorable experiences of its own. Coastal walks , especially around the South West Coast Path, can be exceptionally atmospheric and beautiful during the winter months.

More Related Articles on PlanetWare.com

image

More Places to Visit in Winter: The UK isn't the only spectacular spot to visit at the end of the year. If you're looking to ski, skate, or have a snowball fight, check out these awesome winter holidays with snow . Want a winter romance? Head to Prague between December and February.

image

Other Places to See in the UK: Whether you're hoping to soak up history in York , luxuriate at a spa in Bath , or spy the King in Windsor , you'll love these fun weekend getaways in England . For more of an outdoor adventure, head to these gorgeous tourist attractions in Wales .

instagram logo

More on England

England Travel Guide

Team Wanderlust | 22 January 2024

19 of the best places to visit in february.

Whether you're searching for some fiesta fun, unique wildlife encounters, or a snowy escape, we’ve rounded up the best places to visit in February...

February might be when most of us are still reeling from the extravagances of the festive season, but for adventurous travellers it means something more. This is when you can catch the tail-end of summer in the Southern Hemisphere, have rare wildlife encounters in the mountains of Europe, or lose your inhibitions in the rhythms of carnival season. It may be the shortest month, but its sheer volume and variety of travel experiences makes it one of the most exciting.

Whatever you're searching for, here are some of the best places to visit in February...

Here are the best places to visit in February...

1. rapa nui, chile.

Just some of the famous moai statues found on Rapa Nui (Shutterstock)

Just some of the famous moai statues found on Rapa Nui (Shutterstock)

More than 3,500km off the west coast of Chile, Rapa Nui  (better known among westerners as Easter Island) is one of the most isolated places on the planet. Travellers that venture to this remote island in the Pacific are often enticed by the mysterious moai heads that guard its coastline. Polynesian settlers arrived at the end of the first millennium, who’s later generations then carved these giant sculptures between 1400 AD and 1700 AD, that are said to represent their ancestors. In 1995, UNESCO recognised the significance of the cultural landscape and inscribed Rapa Nui National Park as a World Heritage Site. As well as February providing perfect mid-summer temperatures to explore, the locals also celebrate the two-week long Tapati Festival at the beginning of the month. Honouring the heritage of Rapa Nui and its people, the celebration consists of traditional performances, such as singing and dancing, but also island sporting events including swimming, canoeing, horseriding and haka pei (an extreme sled race down a hillside with origins from ancient island rituals).

A carnival performance takes places in Salvador (Alamy)

A carnival performance takes places in Salvador (Alamy)

You may have heard of a quiet little festival in Brazil called Carnival in Rio de Janeiro. Of course, we’re only joking – Rio is officially the biggest carnival in the world, attracting approximately two million people to its streets daily. Often called the ‘Greatest Show on Earth’, every corner you turn during the five-day celebration will be full of vibrant costumes, music and plenty of samba dancing, with the epicentre of the event held at the Sambodromo stadium. But Rio shouldn’t be thought of as the only place to visit in Brazil to get a flavour of carnival. Salvador in Bahia is always themed around happiness: it’s a popular event with the locals and has a lot of Afro-Brazilian influence, from the food to its music. The carnival spirit is also strongly felt in the city of Recife in Pernambuco, as well as the nearby colonial town of Olinda. Both of these festivals are strongly influenced by Indian and African heritage: lookout for papier-mâché puppets marching down the streets and street bands playing Frevo music.

3. Ladakh, India

Snow leopard in Ladakh, India (Shutterstock)

Snow leopard in Ladakh, India (Shutterstock)

The chances of seeing a snow leopard in your lifetime are not high. Fewer than 7,000 are thought to exist in the wild. But if you’re ever going to spot one, the mountains of Ladakh in February offer the best opportunity. This is when mating season (January to March) is in full flow and when treks to the high-altitude steppe of Hemis National Park offer the best chance of sightings. The big cats live here in greater numbers than anywhere else on the planet. It’s still not easy, though. Tours pit-stop in mountain villages and remote camps, with plenty of walking and waiting in between. Altitudes top 3,000m, which takes some getting used to, and trips usually last around two weeks, meaning sightings require patience and strong thighs.

4. Quebec City, Canada

People slide past Quebec City's iconic Chateau Frontenac (Shutterstock)

People slide past Quebec City's iconic Chateau Frontenac (Shutterstock)

Québec City makes the most of its chilling February weather with its spectacular Winter Carnival, now in its 70 th  year, but with origins dating back to the 19 th  century. Across 10 days, the city transforms into a winter fairytale, with snow-inspired decorations, elaborate ice sculptures and light displays. As well as the magical surroundings, a thrilling selection of activities are available for either spectating or participating, from frozen lake canoe races or braving a dip in an ice bath. Red costumes, carnival songs and the Effigy of Bonhomme are all parts of the winter festival’s traditions. Beyond the event, there’s more enchanting scenery to find around the Quebec. Take a walk along the Terrasse Dufferin boardwalk to get a closer look at the imposing Château Frontenac, the most famous landmark in the city, or be transported back in time in Old Quebec, a charming UNESCO-listed town enclosed by a 17 th -century fortification and with 400 years of well-preserved European architecture.

Read next:  Your travel guide to Québec City, Canada

5. hokkaido, japan.

Red-crowned cranes in Hokkaido, Japan (Shutterstock)

Red-crowned cranes in Hokkaido, Japan (Shutterstock)

February is peak mating season for the red-crowned cranes of the Kushiro marshlands. These rare birds can be seen on kayaking trips year-round, but it’s only in late winter (February to March) that you can witness their mating dance. Known locally as ‘tancho’, it was here that a group of 20 birds were found in 1924, long after they were thought to have been hunted to extinction. Now, around 1,000 live in reserves across the island’s north-east, with feeding time at Akan International Crane Centre an easy way to see them up close. For those who’d rather bag a picture in the wild, the forests around Tsurui see photographers staking out bridges early in the morning with long lens cameras. If you arrive early enough in the month, you may also catch the end of Sapporo’s Snow Festival, with its dazzling ice and snow carvings.

7. Sydney, Australia

Sydney Opera House lights up in vibrant colours (Shutterstock)

Sydney Opera House lights up in vibrant colours (Shutterstock)

A visit to the New South Wales capital in February not only promises spectacular sunshine, but also one of the world’s best Mardi Gras  festivals and Pride events. The two have long been interlinked, ever since the first Mardi Gras took place during Pride month back in 1978. Now, it’s a two-week long programme bursting with colourful events, promising endless entertainment in the form of drag shows, LGBTQ+ exhibitions and queer sporting events. But the climax of the festival is the Mardi Gras parade, where thousands of sparkling individuals will dance their way down Oxford Street, Flinders Street and Anzac Parade accompanied by elaborate and colourful floats. If you’re not all partied out, there’s nothing like escaping the crowds to explore the serene coastline of New South Wales, waiting on Sydney’s doorstep.

6. Geilo, Norway

Traditional Geilo hut in winter (Shutterstock)

Traditional Geilo hut in winter (Shutterstock)

February sees the return of the Geilo Ice Music Festival , held deep in the snow-blanketed forests of southern Norway, midway between Oslo and Bergen. It’s undeniably one of Europe’s most unique festivals. Concerts take place in spectacular frozen caves, while all instruments are carved from the ice itself. The effort that goes into creating, shaping and tuning them – drums, guitars, harps, even saxophones – is remarkable. Everywhere, technicians can be seen chainsawing huge ice blocks into shape, carving them with the delicacy of artists. The highlight is the midnight concert, complete with a dazzling lightshow against the Hardangerjokulen Glacier. 

8. Menton, France

An art installation in Menton crafted from lemons and oranges (Shutterstock)

An art installation in Menton crafted from lemons and oranges (Shutterstock)

Most people flock to this town on the French Riviera as soon as they see signs of warmer days, but they’re missing out from experiencing one of the most unique festivals in the world. Fête du Citron (translating to Lemon Festival in English) is exactly what it says on the tin. Held in February every year, this celebration puts a spin on a traditional carnival, with parades filling the streets with enormous floats artistically constructed from lemons and oranges. Now in its 90 th  year, its considered an important part of this region's cultural heritage. While here, be sure to explore Menton's picturesque medieval town, home to 18 th -century Basilique Saint-Michel and 17 th -century La Chapelle des Pénitents-Blancs.

9. New Zealand

Napier, New Zealand, was rebuilt in Art Deco style after a devastating earthquake in 1931 (Shutterstock)

Napier, New Zealand, was rebuilt in Art Deco style after a devastating earthquake in 1931 (Shutterstock)

New Zealand in February not only promises balmy climates, but also the opportunity to be transported into an Art Deco era. The North Island city of Napier was rebuilt in the 1930s after a Earthquake devastated the Hawke’s Bay region: it remains one of the country’s deadliest natural disasters. Although a travesty, it brought local communities together to construct the Art Deco capital we know today. Napier now honours the resilience of the city and its Art Deco heritage with a fantastic annual festival every February since 1988. Expect street celebrations, theatre performances and plenty of jazz music. Make sure to take a walking tour of all the city’s splendid Art Deco architecture, with icons including the Daily Telegraph Building and Municipal Theatre. The nearby city of Hastings is also worth a visit for its Art Deco treasures. When you’re all partied out, make the most of New Zealand’s untouched natural landscapes by hitting one of Hawke’s Bay’s stunning trails, including Lake Waikaremoana – a native forest trail that’s the ancestral home to the Ngāi Tūhoe tribe, and also one of New Zealand’s Great Walks.

10. Montevideo, Uruguay

Montevideo, Uruguay (Shutterstock)

Montevideo, Uruguay (Shutterstock)

Forget Rio. During February the party never stops in Uruguay’s capital, with Montevideo making a colourful base for experiencing the longest carnival season in the world (late January to early March). Uruguay’s celebrations are a bit different to the rest of South America’s more flamboyant street festivities. Yes, there are parades, but here the evenings are mostly dominated by small stages (tablados) where carnival groups compete nightly as you sit back with a cup of mate. The ‘murga’ category – a kind of choral musical theatre with a satirical edge – is the star. Few topics are off-limits for these troupes, and while many references may go over the head of even Spanish-speaking visitors, for sheer spectacle and wild costumes, they’re the highlight of the carnival.

11. New Orleans, USA

Bourbon Street, New Orleans (Shutterstock)

Bourbon Street, New Orleans (Shutterstock)

February sees the return of the USA’s biggest party to New Orleans: Mardi Gras . These days it’s best known for its street parades, but its roots actually lie in the society balls thrown by Louisiana’s French governor centuries ago. By the late 1800s, however, the carnival had fallen into a more familiar pattern, with colourful parades and floats marshalled by ‘krewes’ of revellers hurling ‘throws’ of necklaces and trinkets into the crowds. It’s worth knowing that while Mardi Gras (‘Fat Tuesday’) itself falls on the day before Ash Wednesday, this marks the crowning day of weeks of festivities in New Orleans, during which it’s far easier to bag a room and a spot to stand along the busiest parade routes. Crowds always peak during the extended weekend before the big day, so you’ll need to book a stay months in advance if you want to be there.

12. Binche, Belgium

A masked person during Binche Parade (Shutterstock)

A masked person during Binche Parade (Shutterstock)

Like most carnivals in February, the festivities of Belgium’s Binche Carnival, in the Wallonia region, are tied to Easter, taking place on Shrove Sunday. It’s then that this small Belgian town is invaded by armies of harlequins, pierrot clowns and, of course, gilles – costumed figures known for their wax masks and ostrich-plumed hats. They carry sticks to ward off evil spirits and often pass out oranges, which are considered rude to turn down. The UNESCO-listed festival’s origins are unknown yet it is still one of the oldest in Europe. Dancers jiggle to the strums of traditional folk music and the finale sees thousands of gilles waggle their plumes in the main square under the crack of the evening fireworks. By then it’s typically a lively affair, so watch out for the odd flying orange!

13. Romania

February is the best month for tracking wolves in Romania (Alamy)

February is the best month for tracking wolves in Romania (Alamy)

February is prime time to track some of Romania’s most elusive wildlife. The country’s Carpathian Mountains are home to approximately 3,000 wolves – that’s 10% of Europe’s entire population. Saying this, they’re still quite impossible to find unless you know exactly where to look. The first couple months of the year offer ample opportunity to seek them out, as they will be searching for prospective partners but also the snow-blanketed ground reveals their pawprints to track. Closer to the end of February, it’s also possible to catch a glimpse of the Eurasian lynx, as they too begin searching for a mate. Around 2,000 live in the mountains, and if you do manage to spot one, they’ll likely still be donning their fluffiest winter coat – black-tipped ears and all. All wildlife tours in Romania should be booked with a responsible expert guide. They will not only keep you safe and ensure the wildlife is not disturbed, but also give you the best chance of finding these incredible animals.

14. California

The famous 'firefall' at Yosemite National Park (Shutterstock)

The famous 'firefall' at Yosemite National Park (Shutterstock)

February is a unique time to spot grey whales off the coast of San Diego, Southern California. These creatures undertake one of the longest migrations by a mammal on Earth, travelling 15,000km of the North American coast from the summer feeding areas of the Arctic to the warm winter breeding grounds of Baja California. It’s here that these barnacled giants arrive en masse to give birth, typically doing so between January and March. This is also the best time to see them up close (but at a respectable distance) on a whale watching tour. There’s also a high chance of seeing pods of dolphins leaping alongside your boat too. For another nature spectacle, head north of the Golden State for the annual   ‘firefall’ in Yosemite National Park . The firefall may look like a stream of lava pouring down the side of Yosemite’s towering rock formation, however it’s actually caused by the evening sunlight shining on the waterflow, illuminating the falls in a florescent orange. It occurs between mid- to late February every year for a mere few moments every day – if the conditions are right. Do check park guidelines before visiting, as its recent surge in popularity has caused restrictions to be put in place.

Punakha Dzong (Shutterstock)

Punakha Dzong (Shutterstock)

Much like the Chinese, the Buddhist Kingdom of Bhutan tends to celebrate its new year – called Losar – in February, depending on the lunisolar calendar. Although a chilly winter month, it’s perhaps the ideal time to explore the living traditions and cultures of this fascinating Himalayan nation. For example, archery tournaments take place as part of Losar celebrations in villages across the country, traditional dishes are often cooked in homes, and the Bhutanese visit local temples and monasteries for sacred rituals and performances, such as  puja .  If you’re not sure where exactly to go, Punakha is dubbed the ‘winter capital’ of Bhutan and home to one of the country’s most iconic dzongs set along both the Pho Chhu and Mo Chhu rivers. Be sure to wish locals  t ashi delek  as you pass them by.

Read next: The most amazing festivals in Bhutan

16. tenerife.

Performers taking part in Santa Cruz de Tenerife Carnival (Shutterstock)

Performers taking part in Santa Cruz de Tenerife Carnival (Shutterstock)

The best chance you’ll get for some European winter sun in February must be the Canary Islands, but there’s one island in this archipelago that also brings the party. The city of Santa Cruz in northeast Tenerife hosts an action-packed 15-day carnival attracting thousands to the port city to celebrate. It’s widely touted as the second most popular carnival in the world (behind Rio, of course) with its streets full of fiesta fun, especially on parade day. The mild February weather is perfect for adventurers who want to take on some of the island’s best trails, many of which can be found in Teide National Park – named after the island’s dormant towering volcano.

Read next:  A guide to Santa Cruz de Tenerife and Las Palmas de Gran Canaria

17. oruro, bolivia.

Oruro Carnival, Bolivia (Shutterstock)

Oruro Carnival, Bolivia (Shutterstock)

February’s ten-day Carnaval de Oruro in western Bolivia  is an experience like no other, and for those happy to brave the thin air of the altiplano, it’s a cultural encounter with a long history. By the 1800s, what was once a raucous celebration of indigenous gods had been papered over by Christian imagery following the arrival of the Spanish conquistadors. In its place rose something unique: parades of 28,000 devils and dancers hot-footing it down the high street of Oruro, merging Old and New World beliefs in a small city wrapped by mountains. Buses take around four hours to reach Oruro from capital La Paz. Catching your breath isn’t easy at 3,700m, much less when a wave of pagan and Catholic imagery rolls towards you. Indeed, for those attending, it pays to arrive days earlier – getting used to this altitude is no easy thing – but the head-swimming mix of music, dance and costumes are invigorating. The 4km Saturday parade route in particular sees devils surrounded by dance groups and trailed by cars bejewelled in shining crockery, with the ‘dance of the devils’ the most famous of the performances.

18. Patagonia, Chile

Torres del Paine National Park (Shutterstock)

Torres del Paine National Park (Shutterstock)

February is a dream time to explore Chilean Patagonia’s Torres del Paine National Park . By then, the flood of summer-holidaying locals has dissipated, the nights are still warm and there’s 14 good hours of daylight to play with. The conditions and long days make it perfect for taking on one of its most iconic challenges. The ‘W’ trail (71km) zigzags the wild north of Torres del Paine and takes five or six days to traverse. It’s also easy to reach, with most hikers starting from Refugio Las Torres, a bus ride from Puerto Natales. Along the way you’ll encounter the region’s most famous valleys (Grey, Ascensio and Francés) and stroll under the multi-coloured spires of Los Cuernos (The Horns) and through the ice fields of Grey Glacier on a route packed with incredible scenery.

19. Trinidad & Tobago

Pigeon Point is one of Tobago's many beautiful beaches (Shutterstock)

Pigeon Point is one of Tobago's many beautiful beaches (Shutterstock)

February is party time in the Caribbean. Held on the Monday and Tuesday before Ash Wednesday, the ‘world’s biggest street party’ is a century-old pre-Lent bender that began with the arrival of French settlers to the islands. After emancipation, the festival was adopted by the freed slaves and Africanised. It has survived despite many colonial attempts to ban it. Today, thousands pour onto the streets for the centrepiece ‘mas’ parades, stirred by the rhythms of the steelpan and soca. One annual highlight is the ‘Kings and Queens’ competition, which sees contestants don incredible costumes, some weighing nearly 100kg, while brass bands, calypso competitions and an apocalypse-worth of fireworks light up the night. Once the party is over, there's dozens of white-sand beaches with turquoise waters to rest and recuperate. 

Where to go when:

The best places to visit in january, the best places to visit in march, the best caribbean festivals and carnivals, related articles, looking for inspiration.

Join our newsletter

Get the very best of Wanderlust  by signing up to our newsletters, full of travel inspiration, fun quizzes, exciting competitions and exclusive offers.

best uk cities to visit in february

We earn a commission for products purchased through some links in this article.

The best city breaks in February for a getaway in the UK, continental Europe or further afield

Our favourite winter city break destinations

aerial view of reykjavik with the hallgrimskirkja church, iceland in winter

The best February city breaks can be close to home in the UK , in mainland Europe, North Africa, or even across the pond in the USA or Canada. We’ve chosen our favourite destinations for each of these locations. Some offer a welcome dose of winter sun . Others will have you embracing the cold with the lights of skating trails or bracing hikes, followed by warming sessions in a hot tub or a natural thermal spring.

February also sees an array of special events celebrated in much of the world, in different ways in different places – not only Valentine’s Day but also Chinese New Year, Carnival, and Fashion Week. So it’s a month for getting out and about.

And if it's heat you're after for your February getaway, check out our winter sun ideas . Or if you're looking ahead to spring, a March city break could be for you.

see tower bridge on a city break in february

The British capital is a strong city break contender at any time of year, but it's tough to beat in February when it hosts an array of fantastic events, including Chinese New Year (one of the largest celebrations of it outside Asia, with dragon parades and fabulous food), London Fashion Week, and LGBT+ History Month. There are also lots of half-term events for kids.

And then, of course, there's Valentine's Day in London, where couples can take romantic Thames cruises or riverside strolls and dine on special menus in some of the best restaurants in the world. Alternatively, book a champagne afternoon tea in a classic venue like The Ritz.

Where to stay : There's almost no end of exceptional hotels in London , but the boutique Hazlitt's stands out for its old-school vibe and hospitality in the heart of Soho with its rich history and ebullient nightlife.

Santa Cruz, Tenerife

santa cruz carnival city break in february

February is Carnival time in cities around the world. The Tenerife capital hosts celebrations regarded as the most Brazilian of all Spanish carnivals, with a month of celebrations building up to days and nights of parties and parades involving everyone from school children to drag queens. If you’re not too exhausted by all this, the city's Casa del Carnaval museum traces its history through posters, costumes and floats and gives you the chance to try on carnival outfits.

Festivities aside, Tenerife’s capital is packed with great architecture from different periods of history and fantastic places to try Canarian cuisine. The beaches here are worth visiting, but you can also find wilder spots further north, as well as the inland Parque Rural de Anaga nature park.

Where to stay: In lush gardens and just a 10-minute stroll from the city centre, the Iberostar Heritage has long been a favourite among royalty, actors and artists for its gorgeous Canarian architecture, huge spa, and fabulous food.

visit york on a city break in february

Whether for a romantic break or half term with the kids, York is known and loved for its medieval streets. Don’t miss the thin sliver of the Shambles with its timber-framed buildings overhanging the street or the imposing Gothic cathedral of York Minster, and wrap up warmly for boat rides on the Ouse.

In February, York hosts the Jorvik Viking Festival – the largest in the UK. This citywide celebration of the city's rich Norse heritage is fun for all ages, with attractions ranging from 10th-century traders’ stalls to best-beard competitions.

Where to stay: Originally Edwardian railway offices, The Grand is a dream of a city-break hotel with a sleek spa in the atmospheric former vaults, superb dining in The Rise, and even its own cookery school.

city breaks in february

La Serenissima is moody and sometimes misty in February, which only adds to its atmospheric demeanour. It's also very cold, which means it's much quieter than in summer, and you might have some of its lovely sights more or less to yourself.

That said, February is also the month of Venice 's annual two-week Carnival, ending the day before Shrove Tuesday. Unlike other Carnivals, this one has no dance parades, but the masks, costumes and flotillas of boats you'll spy are out of this world. Venice's must-do experiences, such as gondola rides, are still available in winter and are perhaps even better when experienced wrapped up in one of the cosy blankets provided.

Where to stay : Venice prices can be sky-high, but the Charming Palace Corte Del Teatro has good-value, airy apartments with original features such as exposed beams a two-minute stroll from the Rialto. Some have a balcony and a canal view.

paris city break in february

The French capital is a no-brainer for a Valentine’s getaway. Like London, there are river walks, boat rides, or even champagne dinner cruises to enjoy as a couple, free of summer hordes. But there’s more to Paris than romance in February. Other big draws include Chinese New Year, with a huge parade on Avenue d’Ivry in the city’s biggest Chinatown. To make the most of Paris' world-class culinary scene, take a foodie tour, a cookery class, or try wine tasting. Or stroll through the museums at a relatively quiet time of year, from big-hitters such as the Louvre or the Musée d’Orsay to off-the-beaten-track venues such as the Musée de la Vie Romantique.

Where to stay : Hôtel du Petit Moulin in the hip Marais district, close to the Picasso Museum, has fun, quirky rooms decorated by Christian Lacroix, complimentary bikes or exploring, and access to the spa at a nearby sister hotel.

city break in february

Denmark’s capital has a special glow in February, when its annual festival celebrates light art and lighting design by artists from all over the world in outdoor locations all over the city, including the harbour. Expect sculptures, installations, and projections illuminating the city’s squares, facades, bridges and hidden spaces in new and thought-provoking ways.

It’s cold in Copenhagen in February, of course, but you’ll have many of the main attractions almost to yourself, from museums to city beaches, where open-water swimmers can be seen daring a plunge!

Where to stay : In a pair of old waterfront warehouses in the old part of the harbour, oozing character, 71 Nyhavn Hotel has rooms and suites providing cosy, stylish nests away from the cold.

READ OUR REVIEW AND BOOK

february city break iceland

Iceland’s capital is at its coldest in February, but don’t let that put you off – this is one of the best times of year to see the Northern Lights, and there’s also plenty of blissful soaking to be done in the country’s famous thermal springs, including the iconic Blue Lagoon .

Reykjavik also hosts a winter lights festival in February, with illuminations at the major museums, thermal pools, and ski slopes in and around the capital. The city is home to fascinating National and Saga museums of Viking history, the contemporary concrete Hallgrimskirkja church, and the rotating Perlan glass dome. The shopping is excellent too – let yourself be tempted by authentic Lopapeysa sweaters handmade from Icelandic wool.

Where to stay : Masterminded by the team behind the legendary Sandholt bakery next door, the boutique Sandhotel , with its Art Deco touches and oak floors, is a calm retreat steps from the National Gallery and the city’s best shopping.

city breaks in february

February is a chilly month in NYC, but prices are lower and there are fewer people despite there being plenty to see and do. Major events in New York in February include the first of the year’s two New York Fashion Weeks, showcasing spring/summer collections, NYC Winter Restaurant Week (where top restaurants offer more affordable menus), and NYC Broadway Week (with two-for-the-price-of-one tickets to many shows).

New York is perfect for a Valentine's Day long weekend, while the city’s colourful Chinatown hosts a brilliant Lunar New Year Parade and Festival, complete with giant dragons dancing to cymbals and drums.

Where to stay : In an expensive city for accommodation, Ace Hotel is an oasis of contemporary boutique charm in a lovely – and central – historic building. The decor was created in collaboration with local artists and designers.

renaissance revival styles of spanish architecture

Seville is known for being extremely hot in the summer, so if soaring temperatures aren’t for you, visiting in February when it’s cooler is a sensible option. You can still expect warm and sunny days that are ideal for walking and it's a wonderful time to visit famous sights like Real Alcázar, the city’s royal palace complex, before the peak-time spring crowds arrive.

The evenings are cooler, so you’ll want to take layers if you're planning a stroll to see the sights and architecture lit up. Or head indoors when the sun sets, perhaps to a cosy tapas bar or search out an authentic flamenco performance.

Where to stay: Take advantage of the off-peak hotel rates and splash out on the fabulous Hotel Alfonso XIII, a Luxury Collection Hotel . It’s centrally located in the historic quarter of Santa Cruz and has an exquisite interior that reflects the true Sevillian style.

koutoubia mosque in marrakesh marrakesh, marrakesh safi, morocco

Don’t let a little bit of rain put you off visiting Marrakech in February. Daytime temperatures are still comfortable (and beginning to rise), and the rain is unlikely to be non-stop, so chances are that you'll find a window to peruse the souks under sunny skies but avoid the summer's sweltering heat or the springtime crowds.

If the weather doesn’t play ball, there’s never a wasted trip to Marrakech. Take the opportunity to experience an authentic hammam, following a ritual that includes Moroccan black soap, a deep exfoliation, and the application of Rhassoul clay — it'll put a spring in your step, ready for city explorations when the sky clears.

Where to stay: Skip the pool resorts on the outskirts of the city in February and head to a centrally located riad instead. We love the beautifully luxurious La Sultana on the edge of the Medina, which puts you within a ten-minute walk of Jemaa el-Fnaa Square. Take layers for the evening on the rooftop bar, where you can look out over the Medina to the snow-capped Atlas Mountains beyond.

city breaks in february

Québec province’s largest city lights up brightly in February with its Montréal en Lumière festival of culture and food. Come for outdoor activities, gastronomic celebrations by Canadian chefs and foodie artisans, a Nuit Blanche when cultural venues stay open through the night and a dazzling fireworks display. Don’t miss the 300m illuminated and elevated Skating Loop.

From the cobblestoned Vieux-Montréal to the boho Plateau district, Montréal is a great city to explore if you wrap up warmly, and major attractions such as the Montreal Museum of Fine Arts, Montreal Museum of Contemporary Art and the Biodôme are wonderfully uncrowded in February.

Where to stay : Le Petit Hotel St. Paul by Gray Collection is a cosy haven of a boutique hotel in a 19th-century building, mixing original features such as exposed brick walls, arched windows and iron railings with custom-designed Quebec furniture.

Looking for more holiday ideas for February?

- The best hotels in Sydney

- Palm Springs hotels

- Where to stay in Las Vegas

- The best Gran Canaria hotels

- Malta's most stylish hotels

preview for Celebrity interviews

@media(max-width: 64rem){.css-o9j0dn:before{margin-bottom:0.5rem;margin-right:0.625rem;color:#ffffff;width:1.25rem;bottom:-0.2rem;height:1.25rem;content:'_';display:inline-block;position:relative;line-height:1;background-repeat:no-repeat;}.loaded .css-o9j0dn:before{background-image:url(/_assets/design-tokens/goodhousekeeping/static/images/Clover.5c7a1a0.svg);}}@media(min-width: 48rem){.loaded .css-o9j0dn:before{background-image:url(/_assets/design-tokens/goodhousekeeping/static/images/Clover.5c7a1a0.svg);}} Travel

sunrise at the old baroque town of ragusa ibla in sicily historic center called ibla builded in late baroque style ragusa, sicily, italy, europe

Glacier Express: Everything you need to know

japan cruise 2024

Cruise to Japan's cherry blossom displays with GH

kyoto, japan springtime at the historic higashiyama distirct

Everything you need to know about Japan in spring

best hotels in sydney

The best hotels in Sydney

the river danube flowing through budapest, the capital of hungary

Our guide to Danube river cruises

best river cruises

The best river cruises

dubrovnik, fortress lovrijenac

The best cruises for 2024

a shot of famous red pagoda, chureto and mt fuji

5 amazing holidays to Japan

madeira in bloom santana and its typical houses

The best spring holidays for 2024

lake orta the most beautiful italian lake and a hidden gem

Lake Orta is the hidden gem of the Italian Lakes

Best time to visit Japan

Best time to visit Japan: Here's when to go

The Planet D: Adventure Travel Blog

17 Best Cities in the UK to Visit Right Now

Written By: ThePlanetD Team

United Kingdom

Updated On: February 8, 2024

The UK is not short on incredible cities to visit. England , Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland have fascinating cultures that you can experience through their cities’ architecture, attractions, and hospitality.

We’ll cover the finest in the United Kingdom – from major cities like London and Edinburgh to lesser-visited cities like Inverness, Bristol, and York. When planning a trip to the United Kingdom, these are the places that you should be adding to your itinerary.

Table of Contents

Top Cities in the UK

Top cities in the UK

The UK includes some of the best countries to visit in the world, and each city reflects a unique culture and identity.

Whether you want to visit a lesser-known city or join the masses of tourists visiting major cities that have been darlings for decades, this list will give you plenty of choices.

1. London (Largest City)

London, England

As the capital of England and the country’s largest, London was always going to be on this list. It is one of the greatest arts and cultural hubs in both Europe and the rest of the world.

London is easily the most popular and famous to visit in England, and for many good reasons. London is full of attractions, including historical sites, landmarks , art galleries, theatres, and museums. Your days visiting London will be varied and action-packed. For example, you may spend a morning at the Natural History Museum, an afternoon grabbing lunch and shopping at the market in Camden Borough, and an evening watching a West End show.

If you are a first-time visitor to the UK, prioritize a visit to London. Not only does the city give you a broad impression of England, but London is also very accessible.

You’ll be bowled over by the number of things to do and see; just do some research and choose where to stay carefully beforehand to maximize your time when you arrive. If you need some extra guidance, you can read our 3-day itinerary for more information. Read More: 38 Best Things to do in London, England In 2023

2. Manchester

Manchester, England

Manchester is one of the best cities in Northern England. Its flamboyant urban area and nightlife make it popular with university students, and visitors can expect a fun, friendly atmosphere.

Manchester was massively shaped by the Industrial Revolution and is widely claimed to be the world’s first industrial city. Manchester was once famous for textile production, the wealth from which was reinvested in the city’s development and into wealthy families. However, Manchester has outgrown its Revolution associations nowadays and is now known as an entertaining weekend getaway and sought-after place to live.

You can learn about the Industrial Revolution at Manchester’s Science & Industry Museum. We’d recommend also allowing time to visit the Manchester Art Gallery and the National Football Museum. The Manchester Art Gallery showcases artworks from over six centuries, and the football museum is a must for Premier League fans.

In the evening, head to The Gay Village or Spinningfields for a few drinks at the best pubs and clubs. The Manchester dress code is retro and indie regardless of the venue, so come prepared with your trendiest outfits.

Leeds, England

If Manchester is one of the greatest cities in Northern England, Leeds is not far behind.

Like Manchester, Leeds was also massively influenced by the Industrial Revolution, and you’ll notice converted mill and factory buildings in many of the nearby areas. Leeds is the third biggest in England and is known for its hospitality, small city center, and proximity to the Yorkshire Dales.

Leeds is favored amongst university students – meaning you’ll enjoy a friendly atmosphere and lots of cheap eateries. The center is small, easily walkable, and perfect for a weekend of shopping, wining, and dining. We’d recommend allowing time to take a day trip to Yorkshire Dales National Park, visit the Industrial Museum, and Kirkstall Abbey.

If you want a drink, don an embarrassing fancy dress costume for the Otley Run (a famous local pub crawl) or head to The Calls for photogenic venues along the river.

4. Edinburgh

City of Edinburgh

Edinburgh is an amazing city to visit. As the Scottish capital, it attracts millions of tourists and, honestly, you should join the crowd.

Edinburgh is famed for its Old Town, which has those dreamy cobbled streets lined with independent shops, cafes, and restaurants. Some of the buildings in the Old Town are 500 years old, and the architecture gives the neighborhood a time capsule effect – especially with Edinburgh Castle and the sound of bagpipes in the background.

Edinburgh Castle is easily one of the best things to do , although you should also visit the National Museum, climb the Scott Monument, and walk the Royal Mile. Edinburgh excellently encapsulates Scottish culture, history, and identity.

As a first-time visitor to Scotland, we’d highly recommend visiting Edinburgh.

Glasgow, Scotland

Of course, just because Edinburgh is fantastic doesn’t mean you should skip visiting Glasgow.

Glasgow is a great city to visit, and you’ll find lots of things to do and see. It has a slightly more modern feel than Edinburgh and lots of public green space to enjoy in the summer. Of course, Glasgow has two very passionate rival football teams, and fans should try to attend a Celtic or Rangers game to experience the sporting passion firsthand.

You should prioritize visiting the Glasgow Necropolis, People’s Palace, Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum, and Pollok Country Park. Pollok Country Park is particularly popular amongst tourists wanting to see Highland Cattle. The park has a herd that lives on-site, so note it down if you want to meet one.

Glasgow is widely known as the country’s second city, but we think it ranks just as highly as Edinburgh.

Belfast, NI

The Northern Irish capital is well-deserving of a place on our list; Belfast has a lot going for it.

Belfast is easily added to a trip to England. You can catch a ferry from Liverpool or a domestic flight from any UK airport – sometimes costing less than $15 when booked in advance.

Belfast has a vibrant feel, with plenty of new developments like Castle Court Shopping Center. However, there is also a lot of history. You can learn about The Troubles by touring Belfast’s political murals, visiting the Titanic Belfast Museum, touring Crumlin Road Gaol, or walking up to Stormont – the home of the NI government.

From the city, there are hundreds of things to do , including visiting The Giant’s Causeway and the Mourne Mountains. Belfast is a fantastic base if you want to experience Northern Ireland for the first or millionth time.

Bristol in England

While not one of the most famous cities in Great Britain, Bristol is easily one of the best cities for tourists.

Over the years, Bristol has transformed from a port town to a thriving city – highly sought after to visit, study, and live. Bristol is located along the Bristol Channel, an inlet from the Atlantic Ocean, so it is close to beaches should you want a sunbathe or swim. However, most impressively, Bristol is divided by a deep river gorge. Visitors entering Bristol cross over suspension bridges – making a scenic and memorable start to a holiday.

Bristol’s attractions include the SS Great Britain. SS Great Britain is an 1843 restored passenger liner. The ship is revered as the world’s first great ocean liner and has two museums, refurbished ship areas, and dockyards. The ship also houses many artifacts from its sister ship, The Royal Charter, which sailed around the world before her shipwreck.

For more naval history, you can stop by the nearby Underfall Yard Visitor Center to visit its popular maritime museum. Bristol is a fascinating place in England for those interested in maritime stories.

8. Liverpool

Liverpool, England

Liverpool is cool. Birthplace of the Beatles, dockside bar hopping, and the home of the huge Liverpool Cathedral, Liverpool is easily one of the most entertaining cities in England.

If you are traveling north of London, we recommend visiting Liverpool. The Liverpool atmosphere is down-to-earth and friendly, and it is the sort of place where you could go for a drink alone and leave to the next bar with twenty new friends.

Visiting the Beatles Story is a number one recommendation of things to do in Liverpool and is a world-famous attraction. But the British Music Experience, World Museum, and Port Sunlight Museum are all also worth visiting.

Music is at the heart of Liverpool’s identity, so we highly suggest watching some live music at Cavern Club during your stay. Cavern Club is a popular venue in Liverpool and specializes in tribute performances that run day and night.

If you want to experience music culture in England, look no further than Liverpool.

City of York in England

Unlike Liverpool, York is a quiet city surrounded mostly by country towns and villages. It may not be a popular destination for first-time travelers to the UK, but York does provide an idyllic introduction to England.

York is in the county of North Yorkshire and, despite its city status, has more of a town feel than a metropolitan one. York has incredible architecture, with its walls dating back to the 13th century and its narrowing shopping street, The Shambles, widely hailed as one of the best-preserved medieval streets in Europe.

York Minster Cathedral is beautiful to visit, while the York Dungeons and Jorvik Viking Center are immersive historical attractions to enjoy. Since York is located near both the Yorkshire Dales and North York Moors National Parks, we’d suggest allowing time for a day trip in your itinerary.

For a laidback trip to Britain, York provides a relaxing experience with world-renowned, stunning medieval architecture.

10. Newcastle upon Tyne

City of Newcastle upon Tyne

Newcastle is a famously fun city with outrageous nightlife and plenty of culture. Newcastle is split in two by the River Tyne, with several footbridges and suspension bridges connecting either side of the city. Metropolitan but pretty (especially at night by the river), Newcastle has a lot to offer.

The city’s nightlife reputation was rocketed to fame by the reality TV program Geordie Shore, and it is also a popular choice amongst university students. The city’s popularity is well deserved, as you’ll find many pubs, clubs, and bars. However, the city isn’t just where you go for a party in the north of England.

Newcastle is fantastic for tourism, with lots of museums and art galleries. You should prioritize visiting Great North Museum: Hancock, Laing Art Gallery, and Discovery Museum. Newcastle Castle is also a great attraction to visit and doesn’t hold back on telling some of the most gruesome stories from history in England.

11. Birmingham (Second Largest City)

City of Birmingham England

Birmingham is the second-largest city in England and has a massive population of over a million people. Visitors will find restaurants, attractions, and hotels at every step – a benefit of choosing such a major city to visit in England.

You can choose to visit popular attractions like Cadbury World, Legoland, and Sea Life. Or, visit some of Birmingham’s unique attractions like The Coffin Works, which runs tours explaining the process of coffin making and telling stories about the funerals of famous people. If you want diversity, Birmingham is one of the best cities in England.

Is Birmingham a little rough around the edges? Yes, in parts. Birmingham is best suited to people who want to experience a supercity in England and have already experienced other cities in the country. Birmingham is a destination for travelers who know exactly what they want and have a solid grasp on traveling in the UK.

12. Brighton

City of Brighton in England

Brighton is a seaside city with a big personality. While only just south of London, Brighton has a strong identity and boldly stands as a destination in its own right. You’ll see plenty of young families and couples commuting to Brighton from London and teenagers traveling with friends from neighboring towns.

Located on the south coast of England, Brighton is lined by beaches and overlooks the English Channel. There’s a mix of cheesy seaside attractions, a twisting maze of shopping alleys called The Lanes that were built from the 1500s, and an eccentrically placed Royal Pavilion – a palace constructed with Asian architecture.

A medieval town? Seaside resort? City of luxurious architectural follies? Who knows. Brighton denies a category, which definitely adds to the city’s tourism appeal. If you want a memorable seaside city in England, Brighton is a good choice. Brighton constantly remixes any expectations you might have of English cities, meaning you’ll never get bored.

13. Cardiff

cities in the united kingdom cardiff

Cardiff is the largest city and capital of Wales. As far as Welsh cities go, Cardiff is the main celebrity and one of the best places to visit .

Located just south of the Brecon Beacons National Park, Cardiff is a riverside city famous for television production, sports, museums, and nightlife. Unfortunately, as many people rush to the coast or National Parks in Wales, Cardiff is often overlooked as a city break.

What’s Cardiff got? In short, everything that you need. You’ll find green space to sunbathe in summer, nearby beaches if you want to brave a swim, and indoor activities if you get unlucky with the weather.

We suggest planning a stay in Cardiff, even if you continue to the Welsh countryside. There is the Museum of Cardiff, Cardiff Castle, and even a White Water Rafting Center to challenge yourself with rapids. The castle is around 2,000 years old, so there is no denying that the Cardiff has substance and plenty of stories to tell.

Book a hotel, slow down, and enjoy the capital before rushing off around Wales.

14. Cambridge

City of Cambridge in England

Cambridge is a prestigious university city – perfect for getting a taste of the elite student experience in England. The city is classy to the core, and you can fill your days with punting on the River Cam and visiting its many museums.

Aside from museums, Cambridge is home to many churches and the Ely Cathedral. The Ely Cathedral is a classic gothic cathedral and a popular religious site to experience on a booked tour. The Round Church is also worth visiting and dates back to the 12th century. The medieval church has a distinctive rounded shape and is a fun bit of architecture to visit.

Cambridge is easily one of the best cities in England to experience southern Englishness firsthand.

City of Oxford in England

Speaking of elite universities, Oxford is Cambridge’s rival city. Oxford is home to Oxford University, which was established in the 12th century and is renowned across the world.

Like Cambridge, Oxford is a city where you go to experience southern Englishness. The city center is full of gothic architecture, and the buildings are typically made from pale cream clipsham stone. Oxford has a definite aesthetic, and it is easy to imagine yourself stepping back a hundred years.

Oxford also has a beautiful cathedral and is famous for its arts. Literature lovers should prioritize visiting the Bodleian Library, the UK’s second-largest library and containing over 11 million texts.

City of Bath in England

Bath is a Georgian-styled city, with lots of terrace buildings cut from pale yellow Bath Stone. Like Oxford, Bath has an aesthetic feel, and the uniformed buildings cut from the same stone make you feel like you are stepping out from the 18th century.

If you are a history lover, we especially suggest considering Bath, as it is one of the best cities to visit in England for literary and Roman history.

Bath has a Mary Shelley and a Jane Austen museum. The city also has The Roman Baths, where you can tour the preserved ruins, learn from the interactive exhibits, and observe original Roman artifacts. Next door to the Roman Baths, you can actually bathe in the UK’s only natural thermal baths. The Thermae Bath Spa uses natural spring water to heat a rooftop pool and multi-level spa.

17. Inverness

City of Inverness Scotland

Inverness is heaven. The Scottish Highlands are understandably popular and a stunning region of the UK to visit, and Inverness provides a city base in their center.

While Edinburgh and Glasgow get the brunt of tourist attention, those that venture further north are greatly rewarded. Known as the gateway to the Highlands, Inverness is a pocket of city life in a dramatic natural setting.

Just outside of the city, you can pay your respects at Culloden Battlefield – the final battle site of the Jacobite Rising. While in the city, you can visit St Andrew’s Cathedral, visit the Inverness Museum, or walk around Ness Islands. Inverness is a lesser-visited but fantastic Scottish city You can expect lots of exciting and inspiring things to do.

Cities in the United Kingdom FAQ

Cities in the UK to Visit

When Is The Best Time To Visit The UK?

The best time to visit the UK is in spring or summer. The UK will be warmer and have longer daylight hours during these months, and outdoor activities will be more enjoyable.

Keep in mind that there are school holidays in April and between July and August. School holidays may impact hotel availability and the busyness of tours and attractions.

What are the Largest Cities in the UK by population?

London has the largest population in the UK and has over seven million people. Birmingham, Leeds, then Glasgow follow closely behind.

What city in the UK should I visit first?

It might seem obvious, but you should visit London first. London is an amazing city with lots to see and do, but it is also the most accessible city for those flying into the UK. You should find the cheapest flights and a higher likelihood of direct flight routes.

Those wanting to combine visiting Britain and Europe should also consider taking the train to or from France. The Eurostar takes less than two and a half hours to reach Paris from London – which doesn’t get much easier.

What is the most beautiful city in the UK?

The most beautiful city in the UK is Bath. The bath stone color, Georgian street style, and general architecture make Bath a beautiful place.

What are the most popular cities in the UK?

The most popular cities in the UK are London, Edinburgh, Belfast, Liverpool, and Manchester.

These are thriving cities with plenty of arts, transport links, and things to do. Most people visiting the UK for the first time choose one of these cities.

The United Kingdom has a lot of beautiful cities that you should add to your bucket list. From incredible history and architecture to famous landmarks and tasty food, all of these cities in the UK offer something different depending on what you are looking for. If you are planning a trip to the UK anytime soon then make sure to add a few of these cities to your itinerary.

Plan Your Next Trip to The UK With These Resources

  • Amazing Places to Visit in the UK
  • 10 Fun Facts About England That You Don’t Already Know
  • British Food: 23 Best UK Dishes to Try at Home or Abroad
  • What to Expect when Coasteering in Wales
  • North Coast 500 – The Ultimate Trip Guide to Scotland’s Epic Drive

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO . 

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

  • Allianz - Occasional Travelers.
  • Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

You May Also Like

How To Visit the Giant’s Causeway in Northern Ireland

How To Visit the Giant’s Causeway in Northern Ireland

38 Best Things to Do in Belfast, Northern Ireland

38 Best Things to Do in Belfast, Northern Ireland

15 Best London Foods and Where To Get Them

15 Best London Foods and Where To Get Them

About ThePlanetD Team

Guest writers for The Planet D offer insider tips and information on destinations that they are experts in. We can't be everywhere at once, and it is important to have the highest level of travel information from local writers and experienced travelers.

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Protect Your Trip »

Best places to visit in february 2024.

Considering a couples getaway for Valentine's Day, a group vacation for Presidents Day weekend or a trip to celebrate Black History Month ? Factoring in sights, weather, traveler sentiment and annual events, U.S. News determined where to travel during the shortest month of the year. From mountain towns to beach retreats to can't-miss carnival celebrations, these are the best places to visit in February. Want to weigh in? Cast your vote below to help us create next year's list.

Turks & Caicos

Hawai'i volcanoes national park, torres del paine national park, trinidad & tobago, puerto rico, jackson hole, zihuatanejo.

best uk cities to visit in february

If your idea of a Thailand vacation includes lounging on sun-drenched beaches or snorkeling in calm seas, look no further than Phuket in February. Visiting the country's largest island during one of the driest months of the year will allow for long beach days unspoiled by showers. If you're looking for a more relaxed experience, visit beaches on the western side of the island (Kata Noi and Nai Harn are less crowded options). Or, if you're looking to shake off the last of your winter chills, join revelers on the beaches and in the bars of the Patong district.

best uk cities to visit in february

A February getaway to St. Lucia offers a little something for everyone. Beach bums will rejoice in the dry weather, while active travelers looking to hike Gros Piton or zip line through rainforests will appreciate the bearable temperatures that this time of year brings. For those holding onto New Year's resolutions, this island also prides itself on its healthy cuisine – including freshly grown ingredients and lightly prepared seafood – and wellness retreat offerings. That said, there are also plenty of all-inclusive resorts for those looking to indulge.

best uk cities to visit in february

There is nothing quite like Rome in the low season if you're looking to experience the Eternal City when it's mostly devoid of tourists. Imagine having top sites such as the Colosseum and St. Peter's Basilica all to yourself (nearly). Though February is very much still winter in Italy, average temperatures in Rome are relatively mild (in the 50s) and rarely dip below freezing. When it rains, which is likely this time of year, pop into a museum, explore the catacombs or do as the Romans do and enjoy a leisurely multicourse meal with great wine and better company.

best uk cities to visit in february

Escape chilly winter weather during a February vacation to the Turks and Caicos Islands. When February rolls around, this group of Caribbean islands offers mild daytime temps in the low 80s. Plus, the month sits well outside of the Atlantic hurricane season, meaning you'll likely encounter mostly clear skies when snorkeling, whale watching, horseback riding and lounging on the islands' white sand beaches . But February's superb weather comes at a cost: Prices here are high in winter, so you'll want to book flights and rooms well in advance.

best uk cities to visit in february

Located on The Big Island, this national park is a must-visit for those looking for adventure and a chance to see two of the world's most active volcanoes. Visitors can explore more than 150 miles of hiking trails across lava fields, lava tubes and craters. Nature lovers can encounter unique wildlife, including the largest dragonfly in the United States, and give back by participating in the Stewardship at the Summit program. The perks of visiting during February? Relatively fewer visitors than the peak summer months, lower airfare rates and a chance to see majestic humpback whales off of The Big Island's coast.  

best uk cities to visit in february

For an authentic European skiing experience, travel to the Swiss Alps in February. Spread throughout three-fifths of Switzerland, this stunning mountain range is home to some of the best ski resorts in Europe. The luxurious mountain town of St. Moritz is a favorite among the rich and famous and has hosted two Winter Olympics. Meanwhile, Zermatt is where you'll find the iconic Matterhorn, one of the most recognizable peaks in the Alps. After a busy day on the slopes, warm up with authentic Swiss specialties like raclette or cheese fondue.

best uk cities to visit in february

Torres del Paine National Park is an adventurer's delight in Chilean Patagonia, with world-renowned hikes, majestic granite towers, rare wildlife and glacial lakes. But with its notoriously finicky weather, determining the best time to go can be tough. Though there will certainly be crowds in February, visiting during peak season also ensures most hotels, trails and roads will be open, which will make accessing all areas of the park more convenient. Just be sure to pack appropriately. Though this time of year brings some of the warmest weather and more hours of sunshine, the winds can be quite strong.

best uk cities to visit in february

Visit Trinidad & Tobago in February for its annual Carnival, one of the most essential Caribbean festivals  and a great way to celebrate Black History Month . Held in the capital city of Port of Spain on Trinidad, this two-day celebration includes vibrant parades, steelpan music and re-enactments of historic events such as the Canboulay Riots, when descendants of freed slaves rioted to protect these important expressions of the Black islander experience. When you're ready for some solitude after the celebrations, these two islands offer plenty of spots that allow for quiet reflection, including rainforests, waterfalls, wildlife reserves and secluded beaches.

best uk cities to visit in february

Just after the holiday hubbub and before spring break crowds, February is a perfect time for a Florida Keys vacation. And as the southernmost point in the U.S., Key West is as close as you can get to the tropics without leaving the country. You'll encounter temps in the mid-70s while you catch up on beach reads or set off on a sunset sail. Country music fans can visit early in the month to attend the Key Western Fest, while those looking for a slow-paced vacation can attend the longstanding Key West Art & Craft Festival at the end of the month.

best uk cities to visit in february

Come February, low rainfall, comfortable temperatures and a celebratory spirit draw visitors to Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico is vibrant year-round, but February festivals like Carnaval Ponceño (one of the Caribbean's oldest celebrations) and Festival del Frío highlight the island's rich culture. Though you can expect to pay more for a peak season trip, the weather will be ideal for hiking in El Yunque National Forest, lounging on tropical beaches and exploring historical landmarks in Old San Juan.

best uk cities to visit in february

Banff, Alberta's scenic, snow-covered mountain views and long ski season make it one of the best places to visit in February, especially if you love spending time outdoors. Its location in the Canadian Rockies within Banff National Park, Canada's first national park, means it offers plenty of opportunities for winter hiking, snowshoeing and wildlife viewing. When you're ready to hit the slopes, head to Banff Sunshine Village, Mount Norquay Ski Resort or the Lake Louise Ski Resort. After enjoying some of Banff's winter activities, warm up in the famous Banff Upper Hot Springs.

best uk cities to visit in february

Visiting Jackson Hole in the peak of winter allows for prime skiing and snowboarding. Plus, there are a bevy of other activities that make this destination a winter playground. Ice skating in the Town Square, sleigh rides through an elk refuge and cross-country skiing are ideal ways to embrace the elements before settling in at a cozy restaurant for some comfort food. While a vacation here won't be cheap during ski season, plan on visiting in the first half of the month before Presidents Day and spring break bring the crowds.

best uk cities to visit in february

This laid-back Pacific Coast beach town is one of Mexico's best kept secrets. Travelers can explore the cobblestone streets of the downtown area one day and relax on the white sands the next. The beautiful beaches and scenic swimming spots are the main draw for Zihua visitors, but the authentic food scene stands out as well. Sample fresh seafood, pozole (which is a hearty soup eaten every Thursday) and local mezcal. (Note: The U.S. Department of State advises against traveling to Guerrero state due to crime; check the website for updates before booking your trip and be cautious if you do decide to travel here.)

best uk cities to visit in february

The largest city in northern Norway (and one of the largest in the Arctic Circle) is filled with everything you need to have a once-in-a-lifetime winter vacation. One of the main reasons why you should visit Tromsø in February is because it offers ideal conditions and a perfect location for seeing the northern lights . The city's nights are long during this time of year. Plus, it sits in the heart of the Northern Lights Oval, where you'll have the best chance of spotting the natural phenomenon. When you need a break from gazing at the sky, check out the unique Tromsø Ice Domes.

best uk cities to visit in february

Due to a combination of weather systems on this island nation off of India's southeast coast, you can find great weather in Sri Lanka any time of year. But in February, which sits within peak season, the island's popular southern and western areas are bathed in sunlight, making it a perfect time to enjoy beach towns like Hikkaduwa and Mirissa or explore the capital city of Colombo. Plus, the dry conditions are just right for hiking or spotting wildlife, including elephants and leopards, in some of Sri Lanka's 26 national parks.

Vote to Add these Destinations to the Rankings

best uk cities to visit in february

Rio de Janeiro

best uk cities to visit in february

Playa del Carmen

best uk cities to visit in february

Big Sky, MT

best uk cities to visit in february

Palm Springs

best uk cities to visit in february

South Island, New Zealand

You may be interested in.

best uk cities to visit in february

Best Places to Visit in January 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

Best Places to Visit in Winter

best uk cities to visit in february

Best Cheap Winter Vacations

best uk cities to visit in february

Best Winter Family Vacations

best uk cities to visit in february

Best Places to Visit in March 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

Best Islands in the World for 2024

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

Recommended

The 18 Best Napa Valley Wineries to Visit in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Sharael Kolberg April 23, 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

The 25 Best Beaches on the East Coast for 2024

Timothy J. Forster|Sharael Kolberg April 19, 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

The 50 Best Hotels in the USA 2024

Christina Maggitas February 6, 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

The 32 Most Famous Landmarks in the World

Gwen Pratesi|Timothy J. Forster February 1, 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

9 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in Florida for 2024

Gwen Pratesi|Amanda Norcross January 5, 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

24 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in the U.S. for 2024

Erin Evans January 4, 2024

best uk cities to visit in february

26 Top Adults-Only All-Inclusive Resorts for 2024

Zach Watson December 28, 2023

best uk cities to visit in february

Solo Vacations: The 36 Best Places to Travel Alone in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Erin Vasta December 22, 2023

best uk cities to visit in february

26 Cheap Beach Vacations for Travelers on a Budget

Kyle McCarthy|Sharael Kolberg December 4, 2023

best uk cities to visit in february

The 50 Most Beautiful White Sand Beaches in the World

Holly Johnson December 1, 2023

best uk cities to visit in february

Europe Chevron

United Kingdom Chevron

The 13 Best Places to Go in the U.K. in 2023

By Condé Nast Traveller

13 Best Places to Travel in the U.K. in 2023

This is part of our global guide to the Best Places to Go in 2023 —find more ideas on where to travel in the year ahead in India , Spain , the U.S. , and beyond.

Every winter, we look ahead to the upcoming year and consider which destinations—of the many, many beautiful places across the world —we'll see travelers flocking to. As part of our Best Places To Go series , we shine a spotlight on the destinations in the world, as well as the United States , India, Spain, and the United Kingdom that are set to have a real moment in 2023, thanks to splashy hotel openings, foodie awakenings, or cultural moments that the whole world will be watching. 

This list—curated by our expert contributors—is an edit of cities, regions, and counties across the U.K. that should be on your radar right now. From Manchester's new museums to Glasgow's slew of slated hotel openings via conservation initiatives in Inverness and the sparkly arrival of Eurovision in Liverpool, these are the 13 best places to go in the U.K. in 2023, in no particular order. Happy travels. 

All listings featured in this story are independently selected by our editors. However, when you book something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission.  

Manchester England

Manchester, England

As the world’s first industrial city, Manchester has always been about redbrick urbanity and vocal street culture, but in 2022 something changed: it got greener. While the 154 acres of RHS Garden Bridgewater bedded in nicely outside the Salford village of Worsley, with its walled-garden microclimate, more vital greenery arrived in the city center as Castlefield Viaduct became Manchester’s answer to the New York High Line , seeding cotton grass, ferns, fennel, and broom along over a thousand feet of former Victorian rail track. And right next to Piccadilly Station, Mayfield Park —the city’s first new park in a century—opened on a derelict brownfield site with meadows, trees, and play areas alongside the River Medlock. So it seems apt that its latest hotel, Treehouse Hotel Manchester , is a celebration of biophilic design, with bee hives in the roof gardens and living walls. The sustainability-minded Treehouse , which opens in spring near Selfridges, will also have a zero-waste restaurant, hopscotch carpets, and a rooftop bar from local DJs-turned-restaurateurs the Unabombers. When it comes to diversity, Manchester Museum is reopening after a major revamp with galleries devoted to the city’s Asian disapora—including a South Asia gallery curated by 31 people from the continent, telling stories such as the day Gandhi visited the mills of Darwen in Lancashire. Other openings include the Fashion Gallery at Manchester Art Gallery , and the Co-op Live music venue in the NOMA area, along with a TBA debut by Soho House ; but the most anticipated is Factory International in June, its name inspired by the city’s genre-breaking record label. Set on the site of Granada Studios, this primetime cultural space will help host the Manchester International Festival and carve out its own identity with Free Your Mind , a kinetic multi-media performance based on the Matrix films, and the largest ever immersive installation from Japanese artist Yayoi Kusama, entitled You, Me, and the Balloons . You can toast the polka-dotting artist with one of the tasting menus at MUSU , a theatrical new Japanese restaurant on Bridge Street from chef patron Michael Shaw, where dining booths transform at night into cocktail-club tables for floor shows.

West Wales

A Welsh foodie renaissance has, admittedly, taken a while to arrive. But a new generation of chefs are digging into their terroir and emerging with handfuls of truffles, scallops, and cheeses, from James Sommerin’s Home restaurant in Penarth, to SY23 in seaside Aberystwyth, headed by Great British Menu finalist Nathan Davies. There’s also been the rise of hard-to-reach destination restaurants determinedly doing their own thing, such as Annwn in deepest Pembrokeshire, where Matt Powell forages most of his ingredients from the shoreline, and Gareth Ward’s Ynyshir in the Dyfi Valley , which was just awarded a second Michelin star. Ward’s empire will grow in 2023 with the opening of eight-seat Gwen—named after his mother—with sourdough pizzas on the menu. Paternoster Farm , meanwhile, set in a former Pembroke cowshed, is doing wondrous things with Porthilly oysters, Welsh Mountain lamb, and sea beet—with its Five Mile Feasts, a special menu, gathering up all sorts of local treasures. 

In Cardigan, the Albion Aberteifi —certainly the coolest hotel to arrive in Wales in years—is set to open a Scandi-Japanese restaurant on the river bank in 2023, along with a woodland onsen and spa. Wales seems to be turning into a hub for the UK’s thriving outdoor sauna scene: Snowdonia-based Heartwood Saunas is launching a new forest project this December, where groups of up to 10 can use a wood-fired sauna before jumping in the pools of the River Dulas (or head to the yoga deck), all while surrounded by old oak trees and natural pools. In Carmarthenshire, the seven-mile stretch of Pendine Sands is enjoying a revival. Caban hotel is opening in the spring alongside the Museum of Speed , which celebrates the many land-speed records made on the beach—including one by actor Idris Elba in a Bentley Continental GT. Reducing the speed a notch, a new slow-travel route of roads and walking paths, The Wild Drovers’ Way , unfurls over 180 miles from the foothills of the Cambrians into the Brecon Beacons—a lovely way to appreciate some of Wales’ rural highlights.

If you need somewhere to toast all this, you could head to Swansea, where Penderyn will open its new whisky-distillery experience in March; or to Ynyshir, where Gareth Ward opened The Legless Thatch next to his restaurant last summer. The fun continues in Cardiff, where the St Fagans Museum of National History has been rebuilding the iconic Vulcan pub (beloved of Manic Street Preachers) on its grounds, set to open in 2024. Lechyd da!

Bath England

Bath, England

“Who can ever be tired of Bath ?” wrote Jane Austen in Northanger Abbey , and over two centuries on, this phrase still rings true. The grand Regency façades, the gurgling River Avon, and the intricate web of streets that lead toward the grandeur of the famed Royal Crescent, looking down over the honey-hued architecture, makes for an enchanting visit year-in, year-out. For 2023 though, Somerset’s biggest city—and the home of many Bridgerton filming locations—has filled its calling cards with new openings of particular note. Cleveland Pools , the U.K.’s only surviving Georgian lido and its oldest outdoor pool, will re-open for the first time in four decades after a major refurb, flanked by meadows on one side and the original changing rooms on the other. 8 Holland Street , a gallery space and studio—which gets its name from its original sibling by the same name perched between London's Notting Hill and High Street Kensington neighborhoods—is taking its dedication to living among good design one step further in 2023 and launching a new three-bedroom luxury townhouse above its public space for staycationers who want to really immerse themselves in Bath’s culture scene. Elsewhere, various new restaurant openings, including The Beckford Canteen , headed up by former Fischer’s and Cora Pearl chef George Barson, will join a smorgasbord of much-loved eateries. Finally, offering visitors new opportunities to soak up the city’s heritage of wellness, a new festival of wellbeing will launch in the spa city too. ReBalance Bath (February 7 – 26, 2023) will bring together venues, hotels, spa therapists, and restaurants for three weeks of feel-good activities in, from mindfulness and yoga to sound baths and foraging sessions.

Glasgow Scotland

Glasgow, Scotland

Music in all its forms flows through and defines Glasgow as surely as the River Clyde itself. The Celtic Connections festival has grown to become an integral part not only of the city’s music scene but of the world’s music scene. In January 2023, the festival celebrates its 30th birthday. Look out, too, for talks, tie-ins, and spin-off events at the same time, not least those at the splendid Kelvingrove Museum (such as  Love of Print , which runs until March 12 and celebrates 50 years of Glasgow Print Studio ). Later in the year, the UCI Cycling World Championships will take place. The largest cycling event in history, they say. Impressive as that may be, the fixture is a Johnny-come-lately compared to the Scotland v England football match in September at Hampden Park to mark the 150th anniversary of the world’s oldest international dispute over an inflated pigskin bladder. The Burrell Collection— one of the world’s greatest single-collector collections—reopened in 2022 after a very long, very expensive and, as it turned out, very successful refurbishment. The first temporary exhibition since the museum’s reopening, The Burrells’ Legacy: A Great Gift to Glasgow , will remain on show until April 16. There’s been a lot of talk in recent times about Glasgow’s supercharged food-and-drink scene—Michelin stars seem to be shooting all over the place and AA rosettes popping up like, well, roses. The 2023 guide contains no fewer than 15 entries under a Glasgow heading, ranging from the immaculate (Cail Bruich, Unalome) to the merely irresistible (Rickshaw & Co, GaGa Kitchen). Where to stay? The Kimpton Blythswood Square is a perennial favorite, and its Scandi-inspired pop-up spa, Thaw, may very well see the hotel booked solid through the winter months. With any luck, the long-anticipated Virgin Hotel will open in early 2023 (if its sister property in Edinburgh is anything to go by, it should be great fun); as will the House of Gods which promises, by Zeus, to deliver a divine thunderbolt of louche, sleepless, neon-lit, velvet-upholstered decadence.

I Planned My Trip to the Paris Olympics to Rack Up Points and Miles&-Here's How

Harrison Pierce

The Spanish Town of Villajoyosa Is the Best Hidden Gem in Europe, According to a New Ranking

María Casbas

The Best New Hotels in the World: 2024 Hot List

CNT Editors

2024 Readers' Choice Awards Survey

Eastbourne, England

In the last few years, Eastbourne has brushed off its erstwhile sleepy image to emerge as the latest up-coming coastal hotspot to watch. And nothing signals the of-the-moment creative buzz here more than Towner Eastbourne, a major player on the local gallery scene. It will celebrate its centenary with Towner 100—a year of exhibitions that includes a summer show dedicated to Barbara Hepworth and, from September, the Turner Prize (it’s the first time the contemporary art award has been held in Sussex). In January, Scandi-style Port —which turned the idea of a classic seaside stay on its head when it opened in 2021—is tapping into the trend for pop-up beach saunas by collaborating with Samphire Sauna , a wood-fired wellness experience in a converted horse stable. For the full heat and cold-water therapy circuit, alternate sweating with quick dips in the sea, which can be followed up with brunch in the hotel restaurant. And, while regular visitors might be familiar with long-established events such as the annual Rothesay International Eastbourne tennis tournament (known as a warm-up for Wimbledon) and Airborne , a spectacular air show where the likes of the Red Arrows soar high above the seafront in a two-mile display, there are also newer, sillier additions to the calendar too—as witnessed in the increasingly popular Soapbox Race . The third iteration will see competitors once again create their own homemade soapbox racing karts and take on a downhill course navigating tight corners, ramps, and hay bales around the town.

Edinburgh

Edinburgh, Scotland

Known for being home to the biggest arts festival in the world, Edinburgh is naturally a performer’s paradise. But outside of the Fringe, the Scottish capital consistently lures in visitors for its famously picturesque streets, world-renowned historical hotspots, and ever-expanding food and drink scene. Lavish dining is easy to come by in the city, with three restaurants— Condita ,  The Kitchin , and  Martin Wishart —awarded Michelin stars in 2022. But newer openings like the laid-back  Palmerston , delightful restaurant/wine bar  Eleanore , or wonderfully cavernous  Newbarns Brewery Taproom  all highlight the variety and quality on offer in all neighborhoods. Elsewhere,  Bonnie & Wild's Scottish Marketplace  in the recently opened  St James Quarter  celebrates both Scottish produce and independent businesses, with everything from mouth-watering burgers courtesy of El Perro Negro to artisan gelato via Joelato. London’s iconic  Duck & Waffle  is also set to open its first Scottish restaurant in the building, while the 12-story  W Edinburgh  hotel, with its striking façade crafted from a winding steel ‘ribbon’, is due imminently on the same premises. 

In the heart of Edinburgh’s New Town, you can get a taste of Perthshire’s celebrated Gleneagles Hotel thanks to the new  Gleneagles Townhouse . The hotel and members' club provides elegance and grandeur, with pastel-toned furnishings and modern touches offering added levels of comfort. In 2023, the Red Carnation group are also due to open their first Scottish hotel,  100 Princes Street , with respectful renovations of the original building enhanced by Alexander McQueen-inspired interiors. In the world of art, meanwhile, 2023 looks to be a significant year in the city as the revamp of the  Scottish National Gallery  will officially be complete, following years of construction work. The new suite of galleries are set to include large windows and views across Princes Street Gardens, with displays made up of art from the National Galleries of Scotland’s collections as well as loans from other leading arts institutions.

Margate Kent

Kent, England

Kent has long been a holiday hot spot with its plump oysters, artistic communities, and blazing sunsets. But the buzz around its seaside towns has now grown impressively loud, with a slew of brand new exciting openings catering for the increasing influx of curious visitors and new creative residents. As usual, Margate, a town on England’s southeast coast, is leading the charge. Well worth a visit is atmospheric Parisian-style wine bar  Sète  run by the team behind Barletta, the lovely Turner Contemporary gallery restaurant—their garden is opening in spring 2023 and will be the go-to place come summer. But where to rest your head after one too many glasses of Beaujolais Nouveau? Until recently there’s been a distinct lack of smart places to stay if you want to turn a day trip into a weekender or longer. Luckily, there’s a new wave of food-focused hotels opening across the county. First came Fort Road Hotel , an elegant revival of a seafront institution with mid-mod rooms, a playful bistro headed up by an ex-River Cafe chef Daisy Cecil, and a rooftop bar with views over the harbor arm. Following on, Guesthouse has snapped up another seafront stunner right on the main sands and will be opening No 42 in spring 2023 with a restaurant, spa, and roof terrace. Alongside Margate, the town of Deal has also secured must-visit status thanks to Nuno Mendes crafting the much-lauded menu at The Rose and the recent opening of Updown , an impeccably restored 17th-century farmhouse with rooms and a hyper-local farm restaurant just 15 minutes drive from the sea. For a more rural break, Boys Hall will open in a restored Jacobean manor house near Ashford. Perfect as a base to explore Kent or just to eat your way around the county at their restaurant celebrating seasonal Kentish produce.

Inverness Scotland

Inverness, Scotland

Think of the Scottish Highlands and the imagination grasps for craggy-faced mountains, empty moorlands, and roller-coasting glens, a landscape tailor-made for slow travel . But thoughtful progress here is moving at a fast pace and Inverness—and its surrounding matrix of lochs and wild lands—is gaining worldwide recognition for a number of thrilling reasons. There’s excitement around the spring opening of the world’s first rewilding center west of Loch Ness in Glenmoriston, now home to more than 4,000 native animal and plant species on eco-charity  Trees for Life ’s reconquered Dundreggan Estate. That buzz is also translated farther north in Dornoch, where new thermal imaging safaris from  Connell Outdoor Pursuits  provide remarkable insights into the late-night lives of deer, badgers, and, most joyously of all, rarely-seen pine martens. In Inverness itself, along the river, at pink-sandstone  Inverness Castle , an era-defining regeneration project that began in 2020 is transforming the fortress—until it reopens, the views from the ramparts unspool across the city to where the River Ness meets the Moray Firth. Perhaps, the greatest praise should be reserved for family-run  Newhall Mains  on the Black Isle peninsula—the 18th-century farm estate is now fully up to speed, with razzmatazz apartments, spoiling cottages, and its own private airfield half an hour from Inverness. Come mid-summer, expect a similar sort of resurrection in seaside Dornoch, where  Marine & Lawn Hotels & Resorts  is to revive Dornoch Station hotel, an altar for golfers on the doorstep of the long ascendant  Royal Dornoch  championship course and wildly popular  North Coast 500 .

Liverpool England

Liverpool, England

Liverpool’s reputation for putting on a good show is about to be put to the test in 2023, with the Grand Final of the 67th  Eurovision Song Contest  taking place at the Liverpool Arena next to the River Mersey on Saturday, May 13. The city’s music scene was catapulted into the global spotlight when The Beatles reached international stardom in the 1960s, with music venues such as  The Cavern Club  playing host to acts including Gerry & the Pacemakers, Cilla Black, and Queen. Today, live music remains at the center of the city’s cultural heart, and brand new venues including  BOXPARK —housed in the old Cains Brewery—and Johnny Cash-inspired dive bar  Mean-Eyed Cat  promise to add to Liverpool’s packed events calendar in 2023. Meanwhile, planning is well underway for  Baltic Weekender 2023 , a multi-genre, multi-venue festival in the  Baltic Triangle , one of the city’s most artistic and up-and-coming neighborhoods. Complementing Liverpool’s status as a cultural hub is the city’s huge array of leading food and drink venues, from the religiously-seasonal  Manifest Restaurant  to Gary Usher’s  Wreckfish Bistro  and the nearby  Art School Restaurant —all of which have been named in the prestigious AA Restaurant Guide 2023. All eyes will be on Dale Street in the coming months as a  new hotel  nears completion following a two-year, $40-million plus heritage refurbishment of the historic Municipal Buildings. First built in 1868, the restored facade of the stunning grade II-listed Victorian building was recently unveiled after more than 12 months under wraps—a welcome (re)addition to the city’s thriving hospitality scene.

Yorkshire Dales England

Yorkshire, England

Immortalized by E​​mily Brontë's fantasized vision of the Yorkshire Moors in  Wuthering Heights , Yorkshire ’s heritage is one of equi-rough and smooth. Rugged landscapes and a history of industry and tough materials mix with literature and an ever-evolving art scene that has churned out countless greats—from David Hockney and Barbara Hepworth to renowned sculptor Henry Moore—to create a heady, boundary-pushing mix of man-made and natural beauty. And the region has a food scene to match. In fact, the AA Restaurant Guide 2023 has marked North Yorkshire as only second to London in terms of its quantity of high-quality restaurants, meaning that memorable dining is only ever a few streets away here. From The Black Swan at Oldstead , a Michelin-starred restaurant with rooms on the edge of the North York Moors belonging to celebrity chef Tommy Banks (who also owns Roots in York, also Michelin-starred, offering a seasonal farm-to-table tasting menu in an 1800s building) to The Hare Inn , a 12th-century property on the North York Moors which won Restaurant with Rooms of the Year. Outside of the vibrant culinary scene, Yorkshire’s chocolate-box towns, magnificent Yorkshire Dales National Park (a rich tapestry of thousands of square miles of moors, valleys, and undulating peaks), and vibrant cultural scene weaves together enough of a draw on its own. Leeds, for example, has been named the City of Culture for 2023, and as such will host a year-long celebration, with 12 signature events and a multitude of creative experiences peppered throughout the year for locals and visitors alike to enjoy.

Mayfair London

Mayfair, England

Including London in a list like this feels almost like cheating—in any given year, there are of course a handful of exciting new openings scattered across the U.K.'s capital. Now is no different: there are smart hotels cropping up from a shiny new Six Senses to the long-awaited opening of Raffles London at the OWO . But it's splashy, sexy neighborhood Mayfair that seems to have taken the crown for London's most exciting corner in 2023. The opening of Mandarin Oriental Hanover Square , a diminutive sister space to stalwart Mandarin Oriental Hyde Park , will breathe new life into the area come spring. Michelin-tipped chef Akira Back will helm the restaurant here, and a slick spa will round out the property's wellness offering. Elsewhere, the U.K.'s first-ever St. Regis hotel will open around the corner on Berkeley Square (home of the famed members' club Annabel's). Taking over what was once The Westbury, the St. Regis team are currently overseeing an over $100 million makeover, which includes adding a jazz bar, a spa, and, curiously, an eighth floor. Mayfair has always been a hub for discerning food lovers, and 2023 will also see the opening of a handful of attention-grabbing restaurants. As well as flagship spots in both the Mandarin Oriental and St. Regis, Claude Bosi (of Bibendum fame) will open Socca with Samyukta Nair, the woman behind Jamavar and Bombay Bustle, while Tom Sellers, chef-patron of Michelin-starred Restaurant Story , will open a second spot in Mayfair's 1 Hotel. And those hungry for culture will be delighted by the Center for British Photography , which will open in January in 8,000 square feet of space over three floors just off Piccadilly.

Peak District

Peak District, England

It may have been the first area of the U.K. to be decreed a national park way back in 1951, but the Peak District has long played second fiddle to the Lakes and the Cotswolds when it comes to superior hotels amid the greatest natural splendor that this island can offer. No longer. The opening of Wildhive Callow Hall is an effortlessly cool re-think of what a traditional country house can be in 2023. Treehouses in the Derbyshire estate’s bucolic woodland and a shepherds hut peeking coquettishly over the hillside provide a genuine sense of luxurious isolation (complete with kitchens, a walk-in shower, and a wet room) but if you prefer being only a staircase away from the action then the main house delivers with its colossal beds, and flashes of contemporary art all curated by in-demand interior designer Isabella Worsley. A sustainably and locally sourced menu created by chef David Bucowicki hits all the right notes in dishes like stalkers pie filled with venison and peas pudding and carver duck with pressed celeriac. You’ll need to traverse the hills for a fair bit to walk all the calories off and perhaps Chatsworth House is a little far on foot at a solid 20 miles or so. But close to the most famed country house in Britain comes, in spring 2023, the second offering from the Bike and Boot concept, which shook up Scarborough’s staid hotel scene on opening last year with a funky color scheme and pared-back style. The second location is around a 20-minute drive from Chatsworth and looks set to follow the Scarborough model in being a major draw to hikers and bikers who don’t want to rough it; with dog grooming facilities, bike storage, and cleaning spaces and rooms bedecked in most un-hiker like hues and textures of orange, velvet, and purple.

Holywood Belfast

Holywood, Northern Ireland

Pronounced the same as its Angeleno namesake, the Northern Ireland Holywood, has always been the place to live for Belfast ’s well-heeled denizens with its Victorian mansions and views of the Lough. Despite being just five miles from the center of the city, it feels like its own place and has recently been attracting a growing wave of returnees eager to avail of its small-town, seaside living. Holywood’s new energy can be found along the pleasing jumble of a High Street; browse at Chapters Bookstore , sip a glass of natural wine, and order small plates involving ingredients like purple sprouting broccoli and fermented spelt at Frae , or brunch at the plant-based Lynchpin , run by ex-Angelsea Arms chef, Joe McGowan, in a bar once run by his grandmother. Don’t let the friendly, neighborhood feel deceive you—people travel for a table at Noble . The food is parochial in the best possible way using Northern Ireland’s finest ingredients—the rare breed, Moiled Irish beef and duck fat chips are, as the locals would say, pure class. Then there are cobweb-blowing-out walks along the 16-mile North Down Coastal Path that threads its way past sea, sand, and big skies through Crawfordsburn Country Park ending at St. Helen’s Bay. Here, hardy swimmers can join the locals, who sometimes include Holywood-born actor, Jamie Dornan, braving the bone-chilling waters—on a clear day you can see Scotland .

A version of this article originally appeared on Condé Nast Traveller U.K.

100 Princes Street: First In

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

The best holiday destinations in February

By Sarah James

25 best holiday destinations in February 2024

February might mark the month of romance with Valentine's Day, but the UK winter season is still very much ongoing. If there's ever a time to escape the cold, dark days and lift new year spirits, this is it. From summer sun in South America and culture hopping in Asia , to chic city breaks in Paris or Copenhagen , here we round up the best places to visit in February 2024. Looking for winter sun specifically? See our edit of where is hot in February .

Temperature in February 27°C high 21°C low Season Dry season Travel time from UK 10 hours Time difference GMT 5  Over...

Tulum, Mexico

Temperature in February: 27°C high; 21°C low Season: Dry season Travel time from UK: 10 hours Time difference: GMT -5

Over the past decade, this corner of Mexico ’s Caribbean coastline has become a bucket list staple for influencers and wellness enthusiasts. As a result, finding your own white-sand beach for the afternoon is a little tricky, but with miles of pristine shore and crystal-clear waters, that’s the epitome of a first-world problem. It’s like Tulum was designed for social media feeds. Beauty spots are at every turn, while the clever minds behind the design of the sleek hotels, bars and restaurants here have tapped into the pockets of aesthetes and lovers of all things boho-chic. History buffs head to the mysterious archaeological sites and Mayan ruins slightly inland, while many others opt to simply soak up the dry season’s rays poolside or in the glitzy beach clubs.

Where to stay: Embrace jungle living at Hotel Bardo . Contemporary luxury is rooted in wellness, and regular rituals include sound healing ceremonies and yoga classes. It’s an adults-only oasis where sun-kissed travellers emerge from loft-style villas in search of fruit platters and punchy cocktails by the swimming pool.

Temperature in February 21°C high 11°C low Season Spring Travel time from UK 5 hours Time difference GMT 2  The ancient...

Cairo, Egypt

Temperature in February: 21°C high; 11°C low Season: Spring Travel time from UK: 5 hours Time difference: GMT +2

The ancient city of Cairo is a unique, fascinating city everyone should experience once in their lifetime. However, sightseeing isn’t much fun in the blistering summer heat when temperatures exceed 40C. Visiting in February means you’re more likely to stick to the bucket list itinerary and explore elsewhere while you’re at it. Stand before the Grand Pyramids of Giza, explore the sandy desert scape by camel, and wile away the hours in the many museums.

Where to stay: Rest tired toes at the Waldorf Astoria Cairo Heliopolis . The sprawling hotel opened its doors at the end of 2023, and there are 252 rooms and suites to choose from. Make time for afternoon tea in the opulent Peacock Lounge, and sip chilled rosé at Le Jardin Pool Bar before heading to supper in the sleek Mediterranean brasserie.

Maldives

Temperature in February  29°C high; 25°C low Season:  Dry Travel time from UK:  10 hours 30 minutes Time difference: GMT +5

Never turn down a trip to the Maldives , even in monsoon season (May to November). But if you can choose, February is one of the best months of all to go – when the skies are clear and blue, the days long, dry and not too humid, and the sunshine turns the water a luminous turquoise that’s hard to tear your gaze from. The waters are clear for snorkelling and diving and this is the time of year to see manta rays, tiger sharks and whales sharks. Check the eco-credentials of a resort before you book: many Maldives resorts have their in-house marine biologists and conservationists leading underwater and wildlife conservation initiatives; gardens where they can grow vegetables to supply their restaurants ; are plastic-free or, like Kudadoo, use only solar power.

Where to stay: There are dozens of out-of-this-world Maldives hotels ; the thing is to find the castaway fantasy that’s right for you, whether you want haute cuisine or high-octane activities, knock-out design or lo-fi Crusoe chic. For a bit of everything, we love Gili Lankanfushi , where all villas sit stilted above one of the most beautiful lagoons in the country. For a cool newcomer, Patina Maldives offers hi-tech therapies at its unique Flow Spa, while its collection of bars and restaurants are all exceptional.

Courchevel

Courchevel, France

Temperature in February:  2°C high; -6°C low Season:  winter Travel time from UK:  1 hour 30 minutes flight to Chambéry; 9 hours by train Time difference: GMT +1

Courchevel is the superstar ski resort of the French Alps. Of its four villages, Courchevel 1850 is the highest, biggest and glitziest, drawing a jet-set crowd with its Michelin-star restaurants , super-smart chalets and hotels, posh aprés ski – oh yes, and its abundance of snowy slopes for all levels, on-piste and off, with a long season and 230 snow cannons to guarantee good snow. It’s brilliant for superstar and beginner skiers alike, so makes a great option for the February half term ; families may prefer the slightly less high-glamour vibe of 1650.

Where to stay: Ski-in ski-out  Portetta  in Courchevel Moriond (1650) is a lovely rustic-chic alpine retreat. There are lots of dark wood and log fires, a great spa (Bamford facials, double treatment rooms, gym, hammam), an Angela Hartnett Italian-influenced mountain restaurant, and 44 rooms including six loft duplexes and various family options with extra bunk rooms. If you're travelling in a group, the beautiful  Chalet Montanum  sleeps nine and offers a true ski-in, ski-out experience – there's slope access from the end of the drive.

Temperature in February 7°C high 1°C low Season winter Travel time from London 2 hours by train Time difference GMT 0 ...

Cotswolds, United Kingdom

Temperature in February : 7°C high; 1°C low Season: winter Travel time from London: 2 hours by train Time difference: GMT +0

If there’s one thing that can make a British winter appealing, it’s the thought of getting cosy in the Cotswolds . Amid a quintessentially English landscape, publicans pull artisan ales, sipped by roaring fires. Frosty walks ramble past country manors and up green hills topped with Iron Age forts. But while its home to some of the most beautiful villages in the UK , this isn’t back-in-time England. Clued-in movers and shakers have helped sow an ultra-modern crop of Michelin-starred restaurants in the Cotswolds between the organic spacs, antiques stores and tea rooms. Naturally, rates and reservations are more manageable in winter. Two of the best hotels in the Cotswolds that particularly embody contemporary village living: Soho Farmhouse (copper bathtubs; bottled Negronis), and Lady Bamford’s trailblazing Daylesford farm and estate, where the organic ethos extends to everything from the farm shop and pub to wellness treatments.

Where to stay: The Lygon Arms , located in a 16th-century coaching inn in the middle of Broadway Village. The interiors are of the traditional countryside kind and the four courtyard rooms are particularly spacious. For a private stay, takeover this quaint and cosy thatched cottage in Kingham , one of our favourite Airbnbs in the Cotwolds .

Temperature in February 9°C high 3°C low Season winter Travel time from UK 1 hour 15 minutes flight or 2 hours 15...

Paris, France

Temperature in February: 9°C high; 3°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 1 hour 15 minutes flight or 2 hours 15 minutes by train Time difference: GMT +1

The City of Love should be an obvious pick in February, but potential suitors are all-too-often put off by the weather. Très grosse erreur . Anyone who knows the French knows they scarper tout de suite in summer, shuttering restaurants, frustrating foreigners and not giving a tiny French fig. Come instead in winter, when everything’s open, visitors are fewer, reservations easier and rates lower. All the best stuff is indoors anyway: cute, candle-lit bistros; echoey art museums; bo-bo (bourgeois-boho) bars. South Pigalle – or SoPo – still sizzles as one of Paris ’s hottest spots, where the best table is at Bouillon Pigalle. The queue around the block is worth it – three-course meals with drinks here can cost less than €25, practically unheard of within the list of the best restaurants in Paris .

Where to stay: Parisians in the know will recommend Château Voltaire , once the showroom for cult fashion label Zadig & Voltaire and now a super chic bolthole on the rue Saint-Roch. In terms of Paris hotels with a great location, it's hard to beat La Réserve which faces the Grand Palais and, at a slightly greater distance, the Eiffel Tower, overlooks the Champs-Elysées and is only a few doors down from the presidential palace. For Eiffel Tower views, take over The Margaux , a three-bedroom Airbnb apartment on the Left Bank.

Temperature in February 25°C high 17°C low Season dry Travel time from UK 10 hours 15 minutes Time difference GMT 5 ...

Temperature in February: 25°C high; 17°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 10 hours 15 minutes Time difference: GMT -5

Swap the white sludge on your doorstep for a bright white beach in the Bahamas . Those in the know head for the Caribbean islands in sleepy February, just as the December holiday crowds have dispersed and before the raucous spring breakers descend in March, for the pristine sands, laidback lifestyle and 18th-century streets tinged with the scent of frangipani. Take advantage of the relative quiet with a barefoot stroll across Pink Sands beach, consider a diving class after a long lunch on Harbour Island or while away the afternoon with a mojito and a novel – what's the rush?

Where to stay: Paradise Island is home to the most famous retreat in the Bahamas, One&Only Ocean Club , a 106-room resort with a neighbouring championship golf course, and a near-perfect, alabaster-white beach

Above: Poolside at The Other Side, on North Eleuthera.

Temperature in February 15°C high 8°C low Season winter Travel time from UK 2 hours 30 minutes Time difference GMT 1 ...

Ibiza, Spain

Temperature in February: 15°C high; 8°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 2 hours 30 minutes Time difference: GMT +1

Winter on the White Isle isn’t as bonkers as it sounds. It’s the best time to experience Ibiza as the locals know it – almond trees flush pink-white with blossom; beach bars and pavement cafés are laid-back not lairy; and the tapas and drinks come cheap. Bargain isn’t a word too often associated with this Balearic, but without the club crowds, proprietors look to lure customers with deals. During winter nights, island restaurants participate in Gastrojueves – Gastro Thursdays – where meals are offered half-price. Craving a blowout? Small towns across Ibiza celebrate Carnival with parades early in the month; superclubs such as Pacha throw the after-parties. Really, though, it’s all about taking time to soak up the quieter side of Ibiza. Ibiza’s bohemian north is the best place to discover a more peaceful side to the island, and one of the smartest experiences here is found at Ibiza Horse Valley . This sanctuary rehabilitates mistreated animals and reintroduces them to riding, offering horseback trips to the White Isle’s untouched forest, remote mountaintops and secret beaches .

Where to stay: The address to know about is OKU Ibiza , a laid-back luxury retreat with two serene swimming pools, wabi-sabi-inspired decor and regular yoga sessions. Another option is Nobu Ibiza Bay in Talamanca, all soothing white bedrooms, fabulous sea views and mostly crowd-free at this time of year. For more, see our round-up of the best hotels on Ibiza and the best Airbnbs in Ibiza .

The best new restaurants in the world: 2024 Hot List

CNT Editors

2024 Readers' Choice Awards Survey

CNT Editors , CN Traveller

The best new hotels in the world: 2024 Hot List

Temperature in February: 28°C high; 17°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 10 hours 50 minutes Time difference: GMT -6

This little slice of Central America packs a powerful punch. With verdant rainforests and towering volcanoes sitting beside vibrant cities, explorers are spoiled for choice. You can trek through rugged Tenorio National Park, frolic in Arenal's secret waterfalls and finish the day dining on French fusion in San José. Dive into the action in Costa Rica in February, just as prices dip after peak tourist season. The rainforests are still lush (monsoon season ends in December ) and the coconut-strewn beaches of Puerto Viejo as idyllic as ever.

Where to stay: The Harmony Hotel (pictured) in Nosara, with daily classes (yoga on the beach, vinyasa body dance), one-off retreats, a vegetarian juice bar, and a kidney-bean-shaped pool with white-faced monkeys swinging from the nearby trees. On the wonderfully wild southern shores in Puerto Viejo, Aguas Claras 's Victorian-style bungalows gets our tick of approval as one of the best eco-friendly hotels in Costa Rica .

Oman

Temperature:  28°C high; 17°C low Season:  winter Travel time from UK:  7 hours 30 minutes Time difference: GMT +4

A seven-and-a-half-hour flight transports you to another place and time – one of heat and spice, epic landscapes and exotic otherness – in this most welcoming country of the Arabian Peninsula. Its topography is diverse and dramatic, with adventures of many kinds: go driving over dunes and diving in the marine-rich waters off the Musandam Peninsula; stay at remote Bedouin camps or polished-luxury resorts from desert to beach. February is the last month of winter in Oman , which means it’s still bearably hot rather than unbearably hot.

Where to stay: In a hard-to-reach cove surrounded by mountains, Six Senses Zighy Bay is one of the country’s original five-star retreats, and for many, still the best hotel in Oman . Its natural adobe casitas are built in harmony with the surrounding desert stone, the restaurants and spa are superb, the creamy-sand beach is footprint-free sublime, and staff can arrange the kind of adventures that are never forgotten. Another impressive option is Anantara Al Jabal Al Akhdar Resort , a wilderness retreat set on the rim of a beautiful canyon. Mornings are ushered in with dawn yoga while evenings are spent smoking shisha under the stars.

Temperature in February 19°C high 9°C low Season winter Travel time from UK 9 hours 55 minutes Time difference GMT 6  “I...

New Orleans, USA

Temperature in February: 19°C high; 9°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 9 hours 55 minutes Time difference: GMT -6

“I don't want realism. I want magic,” cooed Blanche DuBois in Tennessee Williams' A Streetcar Named Desire , an enduring love letter to this romantic, crumbling city. Mardi Gras certainly delivers on that. The iconic two-week carnival sees daily parades and masquerade balls transform New Orleans into a riotous party town. Don a mask, discard your inhibitions and wander the city in mystical torchlight. After the festivities, crawl out of bed for a meal of gumbo over cheese grits and stroll through the cobblestone alleyways of the French Quarter to a soundtrack of Otis Redding and Aretha Franklin. Without the glittering krewes the quaint streets are almost unrecognisable - the discarded beads that litter the pavement act as the only proof that you're in the same place.

Where to stay: W French Quarter , a contemporary urban oasis, with small courtyard pool, bar and Miami-style cabanas; and rooms are in a former sugar mill with grey shutters.

Temperature in February 9°C high 1°C low Season winter Travel time from UK 2 hours Time difference GMT 1  February is...

Venice, Italy

Temperature in February: 9°C high; 1°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 2 hours Time difference: GMT +1

February is carnival time in Venice , which makes it either the very best time to come, or the worst. Noblemen clink swords in St Mark's Square, courtesans cloaked in red silk drift down the Grand Canal on plumed gondolas, and gilded masks allow royalty to walk freely among the commoners. What seems like a Canaletto painting comes to life every year when revellers gather for three weeks of masked debauchery. Those seeking the quiet charms of the floating city will be disappointed, but if you dare to join the huddled masses you'll be rewarded with an otherworldly experience. You can flaunt your finery on the Rialto, dance the quadrilles at the Doge's ball and wake up the next morning in a luxurious four-poster bed in your very own Venetian palace wondering if it was all a dream.

Where to stay: Palazzo Cristo , a renovated 16th-century house with original exposed timber beams, Carrara marble, oak parquet flooring and canopy beds, all done in a pared-back palette, a million miles from the usual gilded ceilings and Murano-glass extravagance. A more recent addition to St. Mark's Square is Ca'di Dio , where the interiors of the 66-room hotel are molto chic, and many enjoy views of the lagoon. For a stay that feels like a best kept secret, this Airbnb apartment 's canal-side balcony makes it one of the most romantic Airbnbs in Europe. For more places to stay, see our guide to the best hotels in Venice .

Above: Palazzo Contarini Polignac, Dorsoduro.

Temperature in February 31°C high 24°C low Season dry Travel time from UK 14 hours 40 minutes Time difference GMT 5  A...

Cartagena, Colombia

Temperature in February: 31°C high; 24°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 14 hours 40 minutes Time difference: GMT -5

A riotous clash of Spanish, Latin and Caribbean cultures, the Colombian seaside city is a feast for the senses, with corn-yellow colonial villas and palm-dotted plazas, citrus-kissed ceviche and potent rum cocktails. True, old Cartagena ’s picturesque romance has turned it into a well-known destination. But the locals in its Getsemani neighbourhood still cling to artsy authenticity: streets here belong to bright murals and vagabond musicians, Champeta dance clubs (Afro-Caribbean beats meet salsa) and hip restaurants (find Di Silvio Trattoria’s thin-crust pizzas in a former soap factory). Ready to dial it down? Rent a boat for the one-hour ride to the Rosario Islands, where simple beach shacks pour Mojitos into coconuts on peaceful, powder-soft beaches. February sea breezes take the edge off summer’s humidity.

Where to stay: Casa San Agustin is the top boutique hotel in the old walled city. Three 18th-century houses knocked into one with a pool in the courtyard and an upstairs library has deep armchairs and an honesty bar.

Temperature in February 6°C high 13°C low Season winter Travel time from UK 5 hours 20 minutes Time difference GMT 2 ...

Finnish Lapland

Temperature in February: -6°C high; -13°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 5 hours 20 minutes Time difference: GMT +2

February in Finnish Lapland might be bracing, but there’s plenty going on here that’s hot. How about hopping aboard the world’s only sauna gondola – a wooden cable car that treats passengers to a steamy ride over the slopes of Ylläs Ski Resort? Or working up a sweat by fat-biking across Ylläs National Park’s stark-white scenery (the thick treads help plucky cyclists pedal in deep snow). Of course, Christmas is high season here, but conditions are every bit as romantic in February, without the sky-high prices or crowds. Northern Lights stalkers also have a good chance of spotting those elusive, swirling illuminations – perhaps best viewed from the Aurora Domes at Harriniva, where igloo-like tents are fitted out with a transparent wall, wood burner and Champagne. Experiences with the Indigenous Sami people of Lapland are becoming ever more popular, but be sure your operator is providing a genuine connection with their culture (rather than a ‘show’). Done right, this kind of tourism helps boost a local economy that can only rely on a lucrative revenue stream – tourism – a few months of the year. Magnetic North Travel , for example, organises time with genuine reindeer herders and their families, so you get a real sense of their way of life.

Where to stay: Hotel & Igloo Village Kakslauttanen . A short drive from Saariselkä, these glass igloos are fabulous. There's an ice gallery, ice restaurant and an ice chapel for weddings.

Temperature in February 32°C high 23°C low Season dry Travel time from UK 15 hours Time difference GMT 5.30  If you're...

Kerala, India

Temperature in February: 32°C high; 23°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 15 hours Time difference: GMT +5.30

If you're dreaming of drifting down Kerala 's tranquil backwaters in relative solitude, wait until February. The tail end of peak season sees low humidity, practically no rain and fewer tour groups to disturb your zen-like state of mind. Whether you prefer to hide away on an elegant houseboat or enjoy southern hospitality at a local homestay, it's impossible not to fall for this state's easygoing charm. Spend your evenings lingering over delicious South Indian thalis, exploring the meandering Dutch canals of Cochin and lazing on Varkala's deserted beaches. Hiring a houseboat to explore the backwaters is undoubtedly a magical experience, but the popularity of the practice has led to some less-than-honourable operations that cut corners and pollute the water. Be sure to research the eco credentials of who you’re going with, and consider combining a houseboat tour with a homestay, which keeps your money within the communities you’re visiting.

Where to stay: If you're not on the backwaters, take over one of the many nearby homestays like Anugraha . The stylish two-bedroom heritage home was restored by former Architectural Digest India editor Manju Sara Rajan.

Antarctica

Antarctica 

Temperature in February:  1°C high; –11°C low Season:  summer Travel time from UK:  19 hours 30 minutes Time difference: GMT +13

February is summertime in the Antarctic. Temperatures can soar as high as slightly above freezing, it’s the optimum time to cross the Antarctic Circle, and fluffy baby penguins are toddling around making hay while the sun shines – for up to 24 hours a day. It’s one of the best months to see the extraordinary white icescapes against blue skies, and spot whales – humpbacks minke, orca – gliding below on Zodiac trips.

How to do it: Adventure company Pelorus has the truly extraordinary 10-night ‘Shackleton’s Antarctica’, following in the footsteps of the polar explorer – climbing, abseiling, hiking, ice-walking and sailing aboard sleek superyacht La Datcha.

Temperature in February 31°C high 25°C low Season dry Travel time from UK 13 hours 30 minutes Time difference GMT 3  Its...

Bahia, Brazil

Temperature in February: 31°C high; 25°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 13 hours 30 minutes Time difference: GMT -3

It’s carnival time in Brazil – but it’s not only Rio de Janeiro that brings the party. Salvador, capital of Bahía – the north-eastern state and birthplace of Afro-Brazilian culture – hosts bigger, longer and louder festivities. Drumming troupes thunder through the streets playing the region’s signature axé music: a rousing fusion of reggae, merengue and salsa. And while the Sambadrome is the base for carnival activities in Rio, in Salvador it’s the whole city. Caipirinha-weary revellers can recover with a stint at any one of Bahía’s golden, jungle-fringed sands along its 1,000km-long coast. Beach town Trancoso is where Brazilians go on holiday: it’s a languid, curiously hippie-glam mix of billionaires and bohemians.

Where to stay: Uxua Casa Hotel & Spa is not just a great sustainable stay but also a top stay in general. A ramshackle façade disguises the beloved hotel, where ten beautiful houses are set among high-growing gardens. There's a spa and a pool lined with green aventurine stones.

Temperature in February 26°C high 16°C low Season dry Travel time from UK 7 hours 55 minutes Time difference GMT 0 ...

Temperature in February: 26°C high; 16°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 7 hours 55 minutes Time difference: GMT +0

Senegal has always danced to its own beat – usually the beat of a booming sabar drum – and attracts adventurers with its delta wildlife, spicy street food and thriving contemporary art scene. Gloriously golden beaches have also turned it into an unexpected surfing hotspot and February is the best time to catch some big waves. While it's tropical and hot all year round, this month sees no rain, totally bearable heat and eight hours of sunshine a day – your typical Senegalese winter. Even a short trip guarantees life-changing experiences.

Where to stay: Sobo Badé hotel in Toubab Dialaw is an utterly serene stay on the water.

Chile

Temperature in February:  19°C high; 5°C low (Torres del Paine) Season:  summer Travel time from UK:  14 hours 30 minutes to Santiago Time difference: GMT -3 (south); GMT -4 (north)

Nowhere is the world quite so multi-dimensionally mindblowing, so humbling in its majesty, as Chile . It’s a vast land of two time zones and epic proportions – towering volcanoes, endless deserts, dramatic mountains reflected in pristine glacial lakes. Its clear skies and great uninhabited expanses – Patagonia , Atacama , the Andes – make the night sky an awesome spectacle like no other place on earth. February is the best month for stargazing and, as the last month of summer, it’s also still warm enough for walking, horseriding and wild swimming in the staggeringly beautiful Torres del Paine and other national parks .

Where to stay: Explora lodges are contemporary, low-slung and gloriously miles from anywhere, in Torres Del Paine , Patagonia National Park , Easter Island and Atacama .

Temperature in February 3°C high 1°C low Season winter Travel time from UK 1 hours 50 minutes Time difference GMT 1 ...

Copenhagen, Denmark

Temperature in February: 3°C high; -1°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 1 hours 50 minutes Time difference: GMT +1

Home of hygge, layering up is all part of the fun in the undisputed capital of Scandi-cool . The Danes’ design prowess has lately seen the city popularised as a hipster dreamland, but it’s been fabulous far longer than beanie-clad bicyclists have been on Instagram: leading-edge visual arts, high Nordic cooking and fancy coffee are all in the Danish DNA.

Where to stay: Steep yourself in Copenhagen cool at Design Hotel digs Nobis , where contemporary interiors have reinvigorated the former Royal Danish Conservatory of Music, restaurant Niels does frilly things with local, seasonal ingredients, and there’s a traditional sauna to stave off the chill. We also like Hotel Danmark , where bedrooms are styled in a hipster-spartan style, painted deep, inky forest-green with contemporary Danish designs – nab a room on the sixth floor for views of the Tivoli fireworks on a summer’s evening.

Temperature in February 31°C high 23°C low Season dry Travel time from UK 10 hours 45 minutes Time difference GMT 5.30 ...

Temperature in February: 31°C high; 23°C low Season: dry Travel time from UK: 10 hours 45 minutes Time difference: GMT +5.30

Following the Covid pandemic and Sri Lanka's political troubles, tourism to the country has greatly suffered. More recently the country's Tourism Ministry and government have taken many initiatives to revive the industry. And while the foreign office recommends exercising caution, travel to Sri Lanka is allowed. It may also even help to make a difference. According to The Diplomat , "economic analysts are of the view that, if there is an increase in tourist inflows, it could have a positive impact on pulling the nation out of its current economic crisis." If you're up for the adventure, the best place to begin is in the historic capital Colombo, then head down the coast to the colonial town of Galle, sampling some mouth-watering seafood along the way.

Where to stay: Design fans will love Paradise Road The Villa Bentota , a colonial-era ancestral home with laid-back service and an excellent restaurant.

5. Aspen USA

North American ski resorts

Temperature in February: 4°C high; -12°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 12 hours Time difference: GMT -7

Is there anything more alluring than powdery, just-fallen snow? Especially when your primary concern is not how to get to work but deciding what time to book your ski lesson? Fresh snowfall drives winter sports aficionados to the Rockies in their droves from November , but by February you can take advantage of the optimum skiing conditions at more affordable prices. Aspen glitters the brightest, attracting high rollers more interested in sipping hot chocolate by an open fire than hitting the slopes. Serious skiers head further up to Jackson Hole and Banff, in the picturesque Canadian Rockies.

Where to stay: In Aspen, Hotel Jerome is a solid, square old building of mellowed brick that's been a landmark here since it opened in 1889, stylishly designed to mix the patina of age with the design elements of now. In Banff, you can also kick off your skis at the lavish Fairmont Banff Springs , but when rooms come with awe-inspiring panoramas straight out of The Revenant is it even worth going outside?

Temperature in February 31°C high 17°C low Season summer Travel time from UK 18 hours 30 minutes Time difference GMT 3 ...

 Mendoza, Argentina

Temperature in February: 31°C high; 17°C low Season: summer Travel time from UK: 18 hours 30 minutes Time difference: GMT -3

Summer in Argentina is in full swing, and few places look lovelier under the season’s clear, blue skies than Mendoza. The convivial, famously laid-back city isn’t just the gateway to Argentine wine country, but a destination every bit as seductive as the region’s finest reds – where buzzy bars and restaurants spill out onto pavements, world-class beef is grilled over wood fires, and even the ice cream comes laced with Malbec. Road trips to the Uco Valley wineries are framed by the frosted Andes soaring over neatly plotted, brilliant-green vines. In late February, the Vendimia Festival, celebrating the grape harvest, takes over the town: it’s a fine time to join the party, or flee to a rustic bungalow in a placid Uco pasture.

Where to stay: Cavas Wine Lodge , where the architecture is bold and the 14 abode-style cabaña buildings are spacious. The restaurant makes good use of local produce and, as you'd expect, has a carefully compiled wine list – give advance notice and you can dine by candlelight on your roof terrace.

Typical enclosed Maltese balconies flanking a narrow cobbled alley with steps to the Grand Harbor Valletta Malta

Valletta, Malta

Temperature in February: 16°C high; 9°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 3 hours 20 minutes Time difference: GMT +1

Malta is the Mediterranean's sunshine island – with more than 300 days of sunshine a year, even in February the island skims temperatures of 16°C – practically tropical compared to the British average of 7°C . February is also Carnival Week; when parades with colourful floats passing through the streets of the capital, Valletta.

Where to stay: At 66 Saint Paul’s , doubles from about £120, which has a cute, diminutive rooftop pool. Or book into Domus Zamittello , set in a restored 17th-century palazzo.

View of Rio de Janeiro at dusk

Rio de Janerio, Brazil

Temperature in February: 31°C high; 24°C low Season: rainy Travel time from UK: 11 hours 20 minutes Time difference: GMT -4

Of all the carnival celebrations that happen across the world during this time, Rio Carnival is the one to beat. It's widely regarded as the biggest carnival in the world, having taken place since 1723. Samba schools from across the city compete against each other in all-night-long parades at the Sambadrome; but the party rages on outside of the stadium, too – at blocos that takeover the beaches and shut down the streets throughout the week (9 February - 17 February 2024).

Where to stay: Copacabana Palace, A Belmond Hotel , is the city's classic grand dame, a beachfront, Belle Epoque hangout with the city's buzziest poolside scene.

  • Travel recommendations The world is a big place – not sure where to go? Get recommendations on destinations, the best times to go there, and what to do.
  • Travel in the UK How much have you really travelled within the UK? There are so many local hidden gems waiting to be discovered – be inspired here.
  • The taste of travel For some, the best way to experience a place is through its food. See the best places to go for dining and local dishes around the world.
  • Tips & tricks Hack your way to the most amazing trips ever with tips on everything from how to pack your carry-on to how to eat dumplings.
  • Travel experiences What’s your favourite thing to do when you’re travelling? Find the best things to see and do based on your interests or type of travel.
  • News Read the latest news about the travel industry, our products and services, and what’s happening at KAYAK.

preload

The 9 best places to visit in February for a winter break

best uk cities to visit in february

The best places to visit in February range from romantic Valentine’s getaways and sun destinations to places covered in snow .

Beyond the romance of Valentine’s Day, February is ripe with opportunities to get away. You’ll find sunshine and festivals if you head south of the equator. And if you venture north you can enjoy the magic of the Aurora Borealis and winter wonderlands.

The majestic Aurora Borealis dances in the night sky above a snow-covered mountain landscape, casting a colourful reflection on a serene and frozen lake below.

With that said, if you’re looking to avoid crowds, either at the beach or on the ski slopes, you should be aware of the February half-term (Monday 19 February to Friday 23 February) unless you’re taking your own family away. Flights during these weeks , as well as the cost of accommodation, can increase significantly so make sure you book well in advance .

The best places to visit in February

  • Beijing, China
  • San Jose, Costa Rica
  • New Orleans, USA
  • Quebec, Canada
  • Tromso, Norway
  • Ibiza, Spain
  • Valletta, Malta
  • Kos, Greece

The best long-haul places to visit in February

For anyone travelling from the UK, you have three continents and more than 40 countries to explore. There’s no need to travel far but with the below long-haul recommendations you could well be tempted.

1 . Beijing, China

Beijing China

  • Learn more: Beijing travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Chinese New Year festivities from Feb. 10th to 17th

China’s New Year celebrations (also known as the Spring Festival or Chunjie) witness one of the largest human migrations in the world. More than half a billion people, travel from all across the country to their ancestral homes to ring in Chinese New Year with their loved ones.

Visiting Beijing at this time of year is a spectacle and one that I recommend you consider for your February travel plans. Be sure to kit yourself out in red as the locals do, then visit one of the famous Temple Fairs, such as the one at the Temple of Heaven,  before the massive fireworks displays in Beijing.

Visiting the Forbidden City is a must on any trip to Beijing however, you will have to keep in mind the city will be extremely busy with visitors celebrating the New Year. Try exploring the many night markets of Beijing for incredible local dishes such as the Guijie (Ghost Street), Qianmen and Longfusi food streets.

Find flights to Beijing

2. Goa, India

India Goa

  • Learn more : Candolim travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Pleasant temperatures and a myriad of cultural attractions

Goa makes my list of places to visit in February because of its warm weather and intriguing mix of European and Indian cultures.

Whilst many people associate India as a former British colony, Goa and its port actually spent a long time as a Portuguese territory, giving it a different flavour to the rest of India. Goa is a popular beach holiday destination with more than 103 km worth of stunning coastlines and beautiful beaches to explore during your stay.

Palolem and Candolim beaches stand out in North Goa, while Colva and Benaulim beaches are all the rage in South Goa. If you’ve had enough of frolicking on the beaches or yoga and meditation classes, visit Bom Jesus Basilica (a UNESCO World Heritage site) and Our Lady of Immaculate Conception, which are among the city’s most recognised landmarks.

Goan cuisine is also highly rated for a reason, it’s delicious. Make sure you try as much as possible during your visit, including many incredible fish dishes inspired by Portuguese cuisine.

Find flights to Goa

3. San Jose, Costa Rica

Costa Rica Volcano

  • Learn more: San Jose travel guide
  • Why visit in February? To glimpse volcanic activity in Arenal Volcano National Park

One of the premier eco-tourism destinations on the planet, Costa Rica also shares coastlines with the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This Central American gem is home to rainforests, volcanoes and beaches, with several biodiversity reserves making it a veritable paradise.

Travel to San Jose to begin your adventure into one of the most diverse countries in the world. The city is filled with culture, art and delicious food. While you’re there explore the barrios of Amon and Escalante before you venture out of the city for some outdoor adventures.

Walk among the clouds and the canopy at Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve or check out the Observation Lodge at Arenal Volcano National Park, both of which are just a couple of hour’s drive or bus trip away from San Jose. If you arrive in February you may even have a chance to see the Arenal Volcano erupt, as February to April is when it is most prone to volcanic activity.

Find flights to Costa Rica

4. New Orleans, USA

A vibrant avenue coming alive at night with bright lights as people stroll by the stores and restaurants.

  • Learn more : New Orleans travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Experience the vibrant Mardi Gras Festival

Anyone travelling to a place called ‘The Big Easy’ knows they’re in for a treat. For those visiting New Orleans, expect to find it a warm and welcoming place, with the heat slowly rising until the end of February when the annual Mardi Gras Festival comes roaring into town. For a few days, the jewel of the south becomes a heady mix of live music, street parades and beaded revelry that rumbles on into the wee hours.

The food is great too, for some southern gems don’t miss fiery jambalaya, a shrimp po’boy and a bowl of succulent gumbo. Two of my favourite spots to try these are High Hat Cafe and Arnaud’s .

A visit to the French Quarter is a must too as there is no better image of New Orleans than this centuries-old neighbourhood that brought the Enlightenment to America. New Orleans during Mardi Gras, is definitely, one of the best places to go on holiday in February.

Find flights to New Orleans

5. Quebec, Canada

DEST_CANADA_QUEBEC_CITY_WINTER-CARNIVAL_ICE-SCULPTURES_GettyImages-75462032

  • Learn more: Quebec travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Enjoy the Quebec Winter Carnival until Feb 11th

For nearly 70 years, Quebec has played host to the world’s biggest and oldest winter carnival. The famous masquerade ball at Chateau Frontenac is one of the highlights, but there is also live music entertainment, interactive adventures for kids and outdoor sporting events. Please remember, with this being winter in Canada , you’ll need to wrap up warm and pack the right footwear for going outdoors.

For those wanting to really get out and about in the Canadian winter wonderland, head Northeast from Quebec City to Mont-Sainte-Anne for winter hikes and fantastic skiing and snowboarding. Mone-Sainte-Anne is the perfect ski resort for people of all abilities, even offering night skiing on 19 different trails. The resort is only 40 km outside of Quebec City, which makes it a great destination for a few days on the slopes.

Find flights to Quebec

Not sure when to book your trip? The KAYAK Best Time to Travel tool has you covered. Just add your origin, destination, and length of trip and you’ll get personalized recommendations on when to book for a great price.

Illustration of KAYAK's best time to travel tool

Best places to visit in February in Europe

Would you rather stay a little closer to home? While temperatures are still pretty chilly across the majority of Europe, there are several spots blessed with milder temperatures too. Venture to the Mediterranean for a little sunshine and seasonal celebrations or enjoy a frosty winter wonderland in Scandinavia.

6. Tromso, Norway

Norway northern lights

  • Learn more: Tromso travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Snow sports and the spectacular Northern Lights

If you’re looking for a real winter adventure this February, then a trip to Tromso might cure your thirst for a wintery adventure. Whilst Norway is not the cheapest country in the world to visit, its wealth of incredible natural attractions does set it apart, especially during winter.

Tromso is a great place to see the Northern Lights , the Aurora Borealis, a true bucket list moment staring up at the incredible light show in the sky during the depth of the frozen Arctic winter. If you want to do more than admire the Aurora, try your hand at hiking and sledging or, kayaking the fjords past frozen stretches of water. Save some time to visit the Arctic Cathedral, with its shimmering glass mosaics, huge crystal chandeliers and magnificent pipe organ.

The best thing about visiting Tromso in February is that whilst it is icy, the days begin to noticeably lengthen and give you more opportunities to explore, whilst still being able to catch the stunning light show from the Aurora in the evenings.

Find flights to Tromso

7. Ibiza, Spain

DEST_SPAIN_IBIZA_GettyImages-973275476

  • Learn more: Ibiza travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Warm hiking trails (and nightlife)

Ibiza is far more than just parties. The island is incredibly beautiful, with dozens of picturesque towns to explore like Santa Agnes de Corona, Sant Mateu d’Albarca and Es Cubells. Ibiza, away from the partying, is filled with stunning scenery, beautiful weather, incredible food and a wonderfully relaxed way of living. But what’s it like in winter?

The beaches are still perfect for viewing sunsets and the occasional swim if the weather is a bit warmer, plus there are plenty of hiking trails all over the island. If you want to feel the party vibe, you can still feel the pulse of Ibiza during February, as many of the cafes and restaurants remain open.

Lola’s Club and LA MOVIDA continue to entice clubbers for the long winter nights. If you’re looking to travel somewhere close to home, Ibiza could be the destination for you this winter.

Find flights to Ibiza

8. Valletta, Malta

A picturesque narrow street with steps is flanked by stunning and timeless buildings, creating an enchanting atmosphere.

  • Learn more: Valletta travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Join in with Carnival celebrations early in the month

Malta may be known as a summer destination but its capital, Valletta, is one of the best European cities to visit in February. Temperatures sit in the mid to high teens for those tired of the gloomy UK winter weather. Plus, this month sits during the country’s off-season, making it a brilliant time to explore Valletta’s medieval streets without the crowds.

After something a little more lively? Venture to Malta the week before Ash Wednesday (aka Pancake Day) and the entire island comes alive with vibrant carnival celebrations. Valletta hosts most of the festivities, including a huge parade featuring colourful floats and intricate costumes. It’s a feast for the eyes and something well worth incorporating into your February travel agenda.

9. Kos, Greece

A church belfry overlooking its neighbouring houses and a mountain.

  • Learn more : Kos travel guide
  • Why visit in February? Sun-soaked beaches and historic relics without the summer crowds

Why visit the island of Kos in February? Kos is just off the west coast of Turkey and is a popular destination during the summer . So much so, that this beautiful little island is often overcrowded, which is why visiting in February is the perfect time to beat the crowds and enjoy the island.

Kos is filled with history and you’ll find many impressive historical sites here, from fortresses belonging to the Knight’s Hospitaller to the remnants of the ancient Agora. As you might expect for an island in the Mediterranean, Kos has many stunning beaches too such as Kefalos, Marmari and Tigaki. Hiking up Mount Diekos or to the Antimachia lookout is the best way to get some stunning views of both Kos and its surrounding islands.

After a day spent exploring, relax and dine out for the evening at one of the many restaurants in the Old Town of Kos and enjoy incredible views of the Aegean Sea as the sunsets. Kos is one of Greece’s best islands to visit throughout the year, which is why it’s one of the best countries to visit in February for your winter break.

Find flights to Kos

How these destinations were chosen

KAYAK’s best places to travel articles are written by passionate travel writers. The destinations in this article have been selected based on personal experience taking into seasonal events and festivals, prices, weather, and seasonal activities.

Find more holiday inspiration

DEST_FINLAND_LAPLAND GettyImages-511370388

Whether you’re looking to escape to somewhere hot in February or looking to head to the Alps for some skiing with the family in Europe during half term, KAYAK has the information you need.

Not sure if you have the time to get away during February? Why not look ahead to the best places to visit in March . Start planning now for your next spring break and get the best possible options on flights and accommodation before prices begin to rise.

For other inspiration,  KAYAK Explore  and  travel guides  bring the world to you. And for great value bookings, KAYAK is where you’ll find  flights , car rental , and  accommodation .

About the author

best uk cities to visit in february

Explore more articles

Street covered in snow, New York City, USA

She Saves She Travels

30 Best Countries to Visit in February (Fun Spots You Haven’t Thought Of)

Posted on Published: October 17, 2023  - Last updated: March 12, 2024

With spring patiently waiting to arrive, February is the perfect month for a vacation! Whether you’re planning a special Valentine’s Day getaway or looking to find some warm weather, February offers a plethora of options. Here are the best countries to visit in February!

best countries to visit in February view of beach with beach huts and walkway over teal water

This post may contain affiliate links. For more info, see my  disclosures .

Whether your idea of the best place to travel to in February is to say goodbye to the cold and hit the beach beach, or you’re aiming for snowy adventures like skiing and northern lights, this list has a little bit of everything. 

Some of these destinations are in the off season, so you’ll find amazing pricing, which makes it even more fun to travel there! From cities with cobblestone streets to white sandy beaches, you’ll find the best February destinations.

Including countries from all regions of the world, you’re gonna want to start the search for flights!  Let’s dive in!

Countries to visit in February map

From hiking to frozen waterfalls in Finland to taking a safari in Kenya, your February vacation options are truly endless. Use the map below to start planning!

Oh and by the way, I’m continually checking places off my travel bucket list but since I haven’t been everywhere yet, I’ve asked some of my fellow travel writers to help create this list of the best places to vacation in February. Enjoy!

Before you book your trip, be sure to get travel insurance ! While I truly hope you have a fabulous time, you just never know what will happen before or on vacation, and travel insurance can protect your investment.

Best countries to visit in February

Who knew February was such a great time to travel?! This list proves that it just may be the best. With fewer crowds and diverse options it’s up to you to decide the best place to vacation in February for your travel style.

There are sooo many options….let’s go!

1. Seychelles

best February destinations view of beach with rounded rocks and palm leaves

  • Region:  Africa (island in the Indian Ocean)
  • Fly into:  Seychelles International Airport (SEZ)
  • Average temperature:  85F/76F. Approximately 11 days of rain.

One of the best countries to visit in February is the Seychelles. If you are coming from the Northern Hemisphere, you will likely have the winter blues at this point and the Seychelles offers a completely different world during the winter months!

Technically, the Seychelles experience their ‘rainy’ season throughout this time, however, it’s the tropics so you can expect a bit of rain throughout the year, anyway.

One perk of visiting the Seychelles in winter is that the seas are calmer despite the weather being wetter. This is especially important for those taking the ferry to La Digue or Praslin from Mahe (the summer ferries are known to make passengers seasick).

In February, you can find the Seychellois celebrating Carnival. They have BBQs (a Creole favorite!), picnics, and a lot of dancing on the islands. There is also the eco-friendly marathon taking place in February.

The off-season winter months also experience slightly cheaper prices – which is great for those traveling as the Seychelles is not a budget destination . Tours are also easier to book at the last minute.

One tour to avoid missing out on is the Saint-Anne Marine Park and Moyenne Island day trip. This is one of the  best things to do on Mahe  and is a must for any visitor.

If you plan to visit all three main islands (Mahe, La Digue, and Praslin), you should set aside at least 10 days to properly see all the islands. Otherwise, your trip can feel a bit rushed.

Recommended by Megan of Megan Starr

Get the perfect packing list for your next beach vacay!

I won’t send you spam. I hate spam. Unsubscribe at anytime.

best countries to visit in February view of reindeer caravan in snowy forest

  • Region: Northern Europe
  • Fly into: Rovaniemi Airport
  • Average temp: 20°F to 29°F

Finland is one of the best vacation spots in February, especially in the Lapland region located in Northern Finland. This whole area is a complete winter wonderland, and you will be guaranteed tons of snow!

Firstly, you will want to base yourself in Rovaniemi, which is the capital of the Lapland region of Finland. It is located right on the Arctic Circle and you can here by train or plane. There are tons of nearby towns, all offering winter wonderland activities.

From winter hiking, frozen waterfalls, reindeer farms, huskies, Finnish Saunas, and ice fishing, there is something for everyone.

Additionally, one of the oldest known Nomadic festivals takes place during February. This is called the Jokkmokk market. It celebrates the traditions of the Sàmi people. During the festival, you’ll be taken back to the Middle Ages, where you can try traditional meals and explore the market stalls.

February is also an incredible time to see the Northern Lights in Lapland! There are plenty of guided tours you can book. By booking a tour, you’ll maximize your chances of seeing the lights as you will be guided by experts. 

Admittedly, the temperatures are definitely low during this time of the year. Just make sure to have extra layers and a big thick coat.

For a  unique place to stay in Rovaniemi, you can consider Apukka Resort, which is well known for its igloo huts! 

Recommended by Samantha of Find Love and Travel 

3. Turks and Caicos (a favorite on this list of best counties to visit in February)

turks and caicos photo of woman walking in ocean bright teal water blue sky and tan sand

  • Region : Caribbean
  • Fly into : Providenciales International Airport
  • Average temp : 82°F high  / 74°F low

One of the absolute best countries to visit in February, Turks and Caicos is nestled in the vibrant Caribbean Sea. With vibrant turquoise water and white-sand beaches, this getaway is a much-needed reprieve from a cold winter.

With a scene that can’t be described in words or photos, the color of the water in Turks and Caicos is truly unbelievable. In fact, it reminds me of the time I visited Banff in summer and saw the water in Moraine Lake – truly jaw-dropping!

Turks and Caicos is a chain of islands, although most people fly into and stay on Providenciales, unless you’re taking a cruise you’ll likely go through Grand Turk.

There’s so many great things to do in Turks and Caicos, including eating delicious food, enjoying water activities and beach hopping! Grace Bay is the best beach in Turks and Caicos, and where most of the luxury hotels are located.

To experience more of the island, go kayaking at Chalk Sound National Park, take a snorkeling tour or try kiteboarding at Long Beach.

Whether you’re looking to relax or craving adventure, Turks and Caicos is the answer to your question, “where to go in February?”

Recommended by me – Nikki of She Saves She Travels

Cairo Egypt pyramids with sand and blue sky

  • Region : North Africa
  • Fly into : Cairo International Airport
  • Average temp : 66 high, 59 low (in F)

Dating back to thousands of years of history,  Egypt  is an ancient and incredible country to visit . The country is home to many UNESCO World Heritage Sites and Natural Wonders of the World, including the Pyramids of Giza.

Cairo, the capital and the largest city of Egypt, has an international airport that connects with major cities around the world. There are also a few cruise lines that stop at Port Said in Cairo. Apart from the international airport in Cairo, there are other smaller airports around the city that you can fly to.

Other than the capital city, there are other ancient and significant cities such as Giza, Memphis, Saqqar, Luxor and Aswan . Throughout these cities you’ll find many historical monuments and are part of the UNESCO Heritage sites.

You need at least one to two weeks to explore and experience what Egypt has to offer. One of the best places to stay is Giza Pyramids View Inn where the rooms offer views of the pyramids.

The best and the peak season in Egypt is during the winter season and February falls in the winter season. Offering pleasant weather when compared to the rest of the month s, Egypt is one of the best countries to visit in February.

During the month, the average temperature ranges between 59 to 66 degrees Fahrenheit. This makes it ideal to explore the iconic monuments, cruise the Nile River, and scuba dive into the underwater world of the Red Sea. In fact, Egypt also celebrates Abu Simbel Sun Festival in the month of February.

Recommended by Raksha of Solo Passport

stunning waterfall scene in the jungle with teal water in Laos best countries to visit in February

  • Region: Southeast Asia
  • Fly into : Wattay International Airport, Vientiane
  • Average temperature: 75 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit but it can get much colder in the northern province of Phongsali

February is one of the best months to delve into Laos’ culture and natural wonders. While definitely on the banana pancake trail, Laos sees fewer visitors than Thailand or Vietnam and is a haven for those seeking a more tranquil escape in Southeast Asia.

February is one of the best times to visit as the rain bids its adieu and the temperature is neither too hot nor too cold which makes it excellent for outdoor activities.

In addition to the plethora of activities in February, you will love the country for its gorgeous natural scenery, friendly locals, and delicious cuisine . Places not to miss in Laos are definitely the city of Luang Prabang for its proximity to the  Kuang Si Falls  and Vang Vieng for its beautiful rock formations.

Make sure to leave time to explore lesser-known destinations like the towns of Nong Khiaw and Muang Ngoi.

Furthermore, the Mighty Mekong flows right through Laos. Y ou can enjoy boat trips on this amazing river but also taste local delicacies out of the river like fried Mekong seaweed crackers with chili peppers and garlic.

From Wattay Airport, you can easily reach the center of the capital Vientiane . Busses and trains leave from the capital to every corner of the country.

I would recommend staying for at least four weeks to really immerse yourself in the Lao ambiance and to have enough time to slow travel the country.

A great stay that is high on many travelers’ bucket lists is the Gibbon Experience . Here, you’ll sleep in treehouses high in the canopy of lush forest in the north of Laos.

It’s no secret why Laos is one of the best places to visit in February.

Recommended by Annelies of Travelers & Dreamers

6. Norway (Where to go in February for adventure-lovers!)

where to travel in February view of norway and northern lights green and purple spread across the sky

  • Fly into: Tromsø Airport
  • Average temp: 30° F high, 22° F low 

Norway, and especially the northern portion above the Arctic Circle, is the perfect destination for an adventurous vacation in February. It’s the perfect place to see the northern lights and try other activities like riding a snowmobile or going ice fishing. 

Plan to visit northern Norway for at least 6 days. A longer trip will give you more chances to see the northern lights and will give you time to visit smaller areas like Narvik and Senja.

Unless you’re visiting other countries in northern Europe, plan to start and end your trip in Tromsø, where you’ll find the biggest airport in the region. 

There are weeks during the winter in Norway when Tromsø and other areas see 0 minutes of sunlight each day. By February, the days are starting to get longer and the locals are more friendly . It feels as though the entire region is starting to come back to life as the sun starts to shine longer and longer each day. 

The northern lights are a natural phenomenon , so there’s no way to guarantee that you’ll see them during your visit. You can increase your chances by visiting for several days and visiting areas away from sources of light pollution. 

For a unique and unforgettable experience, you can stay in an arctic dome in northern Norway. If you’re lucky, you might even see the northern lights from your warm bed inside the dome. 

It’s easy to see why Norway makes it on this list of the best places to travel in February!

Recommended by Amber from Amber Everywhere

elephant with tree and hill in distance

  • Region : East Africa
  • Fly into: Jomo Kenyatta International Airport (NBO)
  • Average temp: 82°F high, 72°F low

Kenya is one of the best countries to travel to in February. The climate is mild and mostly dry, which is perfect for safari, and the chances of wildlife spotting – including baby animals and a wide variety of birds – is fantastic. February is also a great time of year for hiking and climbing.

You can do a lot during a  12-day action-packed safari trip to Kenya , especially if you use a tour provider like  Sense of Africa .

Most tours begin and end in Nairobi , where you can visit the Giraffe Centre, the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust, the Karen Blixen Museum, and more. 

From here, you can tailor your tour to visit (and stay at) various game parks. Some favorites are Samburu National Reserve, Lake Nakuru National Park, and Maasai Mara National Reserve.

Don’t forget to save time to hike at Mount Kenya National Park, home to Africa’s second highest peak.

One of the highlights of any trip to Kenya is the Maasai Mara , which shares the same ecosystem as Tanzania’s Serengeti National Park. It is one of the most famous safari destinations in the world.

The Mara is home to an abundance of lions, elephants, giraffes, buffalos, and cheetahs, as well as the elusive leopard and endangered black rhino . Be sure to pack your binoculars!

Here, you can also do a Maasai village tour. On the tour, you’ll practice your high jumps, chant with members of the Maasai tribe, go inside a typical Maasai home, and learn about the Maasai culture.

You can also opt to take a hot air balloon ride over the Mara or have breakfast on a riverbank, while watching hippos and crocodiles swim in the Mara River.

Note that a travel visa is required to enter the country, and the Yellow Fever vaccination is highly recommended.

Recommended by Sara from Travel A-Broads

Best places to visit in February continued…

We’re just getting started! Here are more of the best countries to visit in February – including a few of my favorites!

8. French Polynesia (where to travel in February for warmth!)

vacations for February view of island coast with lush greenery

  • Region : Oceania
  • Fly into: Papeete International Airport 
  • Average temp: 85 high, 75 low

February is the perfect time to visit French Polynesia if you’re looking for an escape from the cold winter weather. During this month, visitors can expect temperatures to range from 75 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit, making it a great time to soak up the sun on one of the many perfect beaches.

During the stay, consider exploring Tahiti’s waterfalls before hiking Moorea’s lush trails . You can reach the trails by taking a  ferry from Tahiti to Moorea .  

Then. explore the underwater wonders of Bora Bora or the tranquil lagoons of Rangiroa. Both of which feature crystal clear water and a truly unforgettable experience.

Visitors won’t have to worry about crowds either, since February is considered low season.  This is the perfect time to find deals on airfare and accommodations.

The sights will be less crowded and the beaches may feel empty.  For travelers ready to splurge, check out the Four Seasons Resort in Bora Bora for excellent service and stunning views.

To get to French Polynesia, most travelers fly into Papeete before flying or boating off to the other islands.

If possible, visit this beautiful country for at least a week to experience all that French Polynesia has to offer.

Travelers should note that in the touristy areas, English is common. However, keep in mind that English may not be widely spoken in off the beaten path areas, so brushing up on some basic French phrases is a good idea.

As you can see, French Polynesia is one of the best places to go in February for an unforgettable getaway!

Recommended by Monica of This Rare Earth

9. Guatemala (an underrated destination on this list of best countries to visit in February)

places to go in February view of lake shore with boats and docks with volcanoes in distance

  • Region : Central America
  • Fly into : Guatemala City – La Aurora International Airport (GUA)
  • Average temp : 78°F high  / 56°F low

Guatemala is known as “the land of eternal spring,” with much of the country enjoying pleasant, mild days year-round. However, February may just be the best time to visit, boasting warm, sunny weather in the middle of the dry season.

The nearly perfect weather makes it an ideal time to tackle a hike up one of the volcanoes that the country is known for.

The most famous of these is the trek up Volcan Acatenango, which allows for a unique experience to witness Volcan Fuego . It’s one of the most active volcanoes in all of Central America.

If you prefer less adventurous activities, there’s plenty more that Guatemala has to offer. Spending a few days in Antigua is a must to explore its colonial gems. The city was destroyed by a giant earthquake in 1773 and rebuilt, and its attractions offer a look into its history and resiliency.

After spending some time in Antigua, it’s highly recommended that you head over to Lake Atitlan. There are about a dozen Mayan villages that surround the lake, each offering a different vibe and feel.

You will gain a fascinating look into traditional Mayan culture – and the views of the lake and surrounding volcanoes are unreal.

If you have more time, head over to the ruins of Tikal . These ruins are one of the most important ancient cities of pre-Columbian Mayan civilization.

Another attraction worth visiting is Semuc Champey, a natural monument consisting of a series of cascading turquoise pools nestled in the lush jungle.

No matter how you decide to spend your time in Guatemala, it’ll surely prove to be one of the best February destinations.

Recommended by Caroline of Pictures and Words

10. Maldives (a top choice for the best places to travel in February)

Maldives beach with beach huts and walkway over teal water best countries to visit in February

  • Fly into: Velana International Airport (MLE)
  • Average temperature: between 85°F and 89°F

Are you looking for where to go in February? Add the Maldives to the list! This place is what your screensaver image was showing at least once in your lifetime, and you have probably wondered “Is this place even real?”.

No matter if you decide to have a more active vacation and invest  10 to 14 days in The Maldives , or if you just plan to lay on a beach for at least a week, February is the best time to visit this awesome tropical paradise.

While The Maldives is known as a go-to destination for couples on their honeymoon, I can tell you that you can enjoy it no matter what you are celebrating.

If visiting in February though, and you don’t want to see way too many couples on your trip, avoid Valentine’s Day. Even better, come right after, so you get to enjoy the smaller prices and the absolutely amazing weather.

The highlight of the trip? The absolutely mind-blowing underwater world, for sure! There are few other places in the world with such a diverse underwater landscape.

Be prepared to encounter not only a lot of colorful fish and delicate anemones, but also huge turtles, gorgeous manta rays, and amazing sharks. No matter if you’re a professional diver or you have just bought your snorkeling gear, please learn about the various animals you may encounter.

It’s also important to educate yourself of the potential dangers of the place. It’s your responsibility to protect yourself and the environment.

Recommended by Cristina of Honest Travel Stories

cuba beach best places to vacation in February

  • Region: Caribbean
  • Fly into: Havana or Santiago de Cuba
  • Average temp: 78F

If you are looking for sunny and warm destinations in February, Cuba is the perfect place for you. It’s one of the best hot destinations in February to visit!

Located in the Caribbean, Cuba is famous for many things including classic cars, stunning beaches, cigars, rum and more.

February is one of the best months to visit Cuba . It’s the dry season (no risk of hurricane) and the temperatures are lovely. You can expect an average of 78°F (25°C).

This means that you can enjoy all the best activities in Cuba from the beaches, snorkeling, scuba diving to hiking and sightseeing in cities.

The best way to get there is by plane. There are two main airports, one in Havana and one in Santiago de Cuba but if you opt for a package holiday, you may fly to a smaller one.

Ideally, you’ll need two weeks to explore Cuba. This will give you the opportunity to discover various landscapes and places such as Havana, Vinales, Varadero, Santa Clara, Trinidad and more.

There are a lot of activities that are worth doing but here are some of the highlights. Viñales is by far a must-visit in Cuba. It’s home to loads of tobacco plantations and is perfect for people who want to discover how cigars are made.

Varadero on the other hand is perfect for beach lovers. Here you will discover beautiful beaches with white sand and crystal clear water. It’s a paradise on Earth!

Recommended by Pauline of Beeloved City

12. Netherlands

where to travel in February view of lake and wind mill on sunny day

  • Region : Northern Europe
  • Fly into: Amsterdam Schiphol Airport
  • Average temp: 46°F high, 32°F low

The  Netherlands  offers a unique getaway experience. It easily makes this list of the best countries to visit in February. You can expect chilly but manageable weather with occasional rain, so packing layers and a waterproof jacket is key .

While the winter climate may be crisp, the atmosphere is anything but dull due to the Carnival celebrations. The festivities are particularly prominent in the southern regions like Limburg and North Brabant , with colorful parades and fantastical costumes.

Getting to the Netherlands is straightforward. Amsterdam Schiphol Airport serves as a major hub for numerous international flights. Once in the country, the highly efficient public transportation system, including trains and buses, makes navigating to different regions easy and convenient.

A week-long trip would allow you to enjoy the Dutch Carnival while also exploring the highlights of the country.

Amsterdam, with its famous canals and museums, and Utrecht, known for its medieval architecture, should be on your list. Rotterdam is another cool option with great architecture and a fun vibe – don’t miss Kinderdijk with its iconic windmills just outside Rotterdam.

If you are staying in Amsterdam, then check out the “Mr. Jordaan” hotel. Its central location offers easy access to the city’s main attractions.

Despite the festivities, February is not peak tourist season, allowing visitors to explore with fewer crowds . However, hotels in towns hosting Carnival festivities might book up quickly. It’s always best to reserve in advance.

Recommended by Jo of World Wild Schooling

13. Indonesia (a bucket list country to visit in February!)

ancient temple with lilly pads and stone walkway in Bali Indonesia best countries to visit in February

  • Fly into: Ngurah Rai International Airport in Bali
  • Average temp: 75 to 88 degrees

Indonesia is a perfect destination in February if you’re looking to experience the archipelago without the high-season crowds. 

It is technically a rainy season, but places like Bali, even in rainy times, are great. With showers often occurring mostly at nights, it leaves the days sun-kissed.

Meanwhile, destinations like Raja Ampat boast their best weather, offering crystal-clear visibility for snorkelling and diving.

Direct international flights cater to major hubs like Jakarta and Denpasar . If you’re coming from Europe or the Americas, you might have a layover at popular transit points such as Singapore’s Changi Airport, Kuala Lumpur International Airport in Malaysia, or even Dubai International Airport.

For a first-time visit to Indonesia, which boasts over 17,000 islands, a 2-week stay is recommended. A typical itinerary might include a few of the best areas in Bali , such as Ubud, Seminyak and Uluwatu.

Be sure to save time for a visit to Java to see the magnificent Borobudur Temple and to climb Mount Bromo. If you have more time, take a trip to Flores for komodo dragons or Sumatra to see the orangutans in their natural habitat.

As for the festivals, February is the time of Chinese New Year,  locally known as “Imlek.” This festival ushers in vibrant street performances, colourful parades, and intricate lantern displays, especially in cities with significant Chinese-Indonesian populations like Jakarta or Surabaya.

Recommended by Mal of Where To Stay Bali

14. Australia

view of Australian coast in February with Bech and tall coastline ridges

  • Region: Oceania
  • Fly into: Sydney Kingsford Smith Airport
  • Average temp: 65-78°F in Sydney; 70-85°F in Brisbane; and 57-77°F in Melbourne.

Australia is, without a doubt, one of the best countries to visit in February.

You’ll be heading Down Under during the country’s summer months, so the weather will be at its best in the most popular areas for tourists. Despite this, the crowds (and prices) will be starting to lower as local children head back to school and international arrivals decrease. 

Given the size of the country (roughly the same area as the continental U.S.!), and the lengthy flight (and subsequent jetlag) to get there, Australia is not country in which to spend a mere few days. Two weeks should be the absolute minimum amount of time you allocate , but if you can stretch it out to a month, you’ll be greatly rewarded.

Sydney is a particularly great spot in February, which is convenient, as most international flights will arrive there. The city’s Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras celebrations kick off in the middle of a month and last for a whopping 17 days . It’s one of the largest Pride events in the world and you can expect parties, film festivals, parades, art shows, and more.

Down in Melbourne, February provides the perfect climate for driving the Great Ocean Road . This iconic coastal road starts from just outside of the city and is regularly named one of the most scenic in the world.

On the drive, you’ll pass beautiful beaches, lush rainforest, and and rugged cliffs, all the way to the impressive 12 Apostles.

Recommended by Lauren of Everything Victoria

15. Jordan (a fun one on this list of best countries to travel to in February)

best countries to visit in February view of camels laying on sand with mountains in distance

  • Region : Jordan, Middle East
  • Fly into : Queen Alia International Airport in Amman or King Hussein International Airport in Aqaba
  • Average temp : 80°F high, 50°F low

Visiting Jordan in February is a fantastic idea for those looking for a unique Middle Eastern adventure. You can avoid the tourist crowds that flock to Jordan during the high season.

The weather may be a bit chilly in the mornings, but it’s much more comfortable for outdoor activities than the unbearably hot summer months.

Dress in layers, bring sunscreen and a hat. Be sure to respect local customs and dress modestly. Wear a bikini only on the private beaches of your hotel.

The best way to explore the country is to rent a car . A  5-day itinerary to visit the highlights  is recommended to immerse yourself in Jordan’s rich history and natural beauty.

The iconic city of Petra and the desert landscape of Wadi Rum are must-sees . The cooler weather makes exploring these ancient wonders much more enjoyable.

The capital Amman, the ancient city of Jerash and the Dead Sea, where you can float on the water, are also worth a visit. The Red Sea near Aqaba offers great diving.

Don’t forget to try the Jordanian cuisine, especially the delicious falafel. Enjoying the local food and wine is one of the best Jordan travel tips .

Jordan in February promises an unforgettable, crowd-free adventure among the country’s incredible landscapes and historical treasures.

Recommended by Maria of Map and Camera

Best places to vacation in February

Are you a fan of chilly adventures? Or do you prefer relaxing on a warm sunny beach? This vacations for February list has something for everyone. From low crowds to affordable deals, February is THE time to travel! Here are more of the best places to go in February!

best countries to visit in February view of Hawaiian coast with vibrant blue water and road cut into hillside

  • Region: North America
  • Fly into: varies based on state; Lihue, Kona, Honolulu or Kahului in Hawaii
  • Average temp: 79°F high, 68°F low on average for Hawaii (remainder of US varies based on region)

If you’re reading this list of the best countries to travel to in February and are not from the US, then a trip to the states may be perfect for you! While the US is vast and experiences will vary greatly from state to state and within each region, I highly recommend a trip to Hawaii in February!

The weather is amazing during this time of year and the water is warm enough for swimming. Each island in Hawaii has its own appea l. And if you’ve never been, take this Hawaiian island quiz to help you determine which island is best for you.

Taking a trip to the Big Island to see the active volcano is deserving of any bucket list. Soak in the bustling city of Honolulu and the history of Pearl Harbor in Oahu. 

Be at one with nature in Kauai, soaking in amazing hiking views and the stunning NaPali Coast. Maui is home to the incredible adventures along the Road to Hana and Kahekili Highwy.

You really can’t go wrong with visiting any of the Hawaiian islands, especially during the winter!

where to go in February view of bright blue sea and land near Malta

  • Region: Southern Europe
  • Fly into: Malta International Airport (MIA)
  • Average temp : 50-61 degrees

If you are looking for one of the best destinations in February with culture, fascinating history, beautiful architecture, and striking coastlines, then you will love the tiny Mediterranean island of Malta. 

By visiting in February, you will get mild temperatures ranging from 16℃ (61℉) to 10℃ (50℉) and lower lodging prices, given you will be there outside of the summer high season.

To get there, fly into the Malta International Airport. Then, if you have a few days, base yourself in nearby Valletta, the historic and peninsular capital and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Choose lodging on a pedestrian street, like Merchants Street, at a hotel like Rosselli – AX Privilege , or a street over, at Ursulino Valletta, with its gorgeous rooftop breakfast deck. This is a great guide if you need more ideas on where to stay in Malta .

While in Valletta, wander the streets and visit the Upper Barakka Gardens. Join a city tour to learn about its rich history. Or go on a photo tour highlighting the best views, prettiest doorways, and backdrops in a place improbably overflowing with aesthetic impressiveness. 

Then, take a day or two to get out of the city. Use the affordable Malta bus Explore pass or join a tour to visit the fishing village of Marsaxlokk.

If you have the time, be sure to explore the ancient fortress city of Mdina, or wander the grounds of the megalithic temples of Hagar Qim and Mnajdra overlooking the sea. 

Then, take the ferry to Gozo, Malta’s second-largest inhabitable island. Spend a few days visiting villages, walking stunning coastlines, and catching breathtaking sunset views from the Gozo Cittadella ramparts using  an itinerary like this one  to guide you.

Recommended by Janice of Gather and Go Travel

18. Argentina (another amazing destination on this list of best places to visit in February)

places to visit in February view of Argentina mountains with snow and lake

  • Region: South America
  • Fly into: Buenos Aires Ezeiza Airport
  • Average temp: 77° F high, 67°F  low – but these are rough estimates: the country is very vast and some regions such as Patagonia or Tierra del Fuego can be much colder.

Argentina is by far the best country to visit in February in South America. This is the peak of the summer season; which means more tourists and peak tourist season fares. On the other hand, February is the best month to visit Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego.

Your trip will inevitably start in the capital Buenos Aires, known as the Paris of South America. Check out the Casa Rosata, explore the  historic San Telmo , where you can see impromptu tango shows, and La Boca districts and enjoy  the nightlife of Palermo.

If you love nature and hiking, you’ll have to head to Patagonia: catch a flight to Trelew and head to Puerto Madryn to admire the incredible wildlife – summer is the best time to see penguins.

From there, it’s another flight to Ushuaia, the main town in Tierra del Fuego and a perfect base to explore the Tierra del Fuego National Park. One of the best hikes in the region is Laguna Esmeralda.

El Calafate, also in Patagonia, is the best base to explore Perito Moreno and reach El Chalten, the hiking capital of Argentina. It’s here you’ll find the trails to the Laguna Torre and Laguna de los Tres (or Mount Fitzroy). 

If your interest is wine, then a trip to Mendoza and then to Salta is a must . Not far from Salta, the quebradas offer plenty of hiking opportunities, excellent wineries and a unique atmosphere here.

Also north of Buenos Aires, Iguazu Falls are on the border with Brazil. Spend at least 2 nights to visit both the Argentine side and the Brazilian side for a full experience.

One of the best tips for those visiting Argentina for the first time is to focus on just one area.  The country is massive, and it will take you multiple trips to visit it. Focus your trip on one region and try to explore locally as much as you can.

Recommended by Claudia of My Adventures Across The World

Aruba's white sand beach in winter time with hotels and boats off shore best countries to visit in February

  • Region:  Caribbean
  • Fly Into:  Queen Beatrix International Airport
  • Average Temp:  86F High, 77F Low

The island of Aruba is one of the best vacation spots in February for a beach getaway.

Aruba is home to beautiful white sand beaches, incredible snorkeling and diving , but the island offers much more than your typical beach getaway. 

Popular activities include sunset cruises, catamaran trips and dinner boat tours. Once you’ve soaked up enough sun on Palm Beach or Eagle Beach, you can try some windsurfing, parasailing or explore other parts of the island.

Arikok National Park cannot be missed . You can explore by taking a jeep tour or renting your own 4×4 to adventure across the wild landscape and limestone cliffs. One of the highlights is the Natural Pool – a small pool protected by the wild waves of the sea.

It’s easy to fly into Queen Beatrix International and take the many  airport transportation options . However, having a car opens up a new world of exploration for the adventurous and independent travelers. 

You can visit Aruba year-round as it sits outside the hurricane belt. F ebruary is also one of the dryer months with rain more likely in October to January . This makes February a popular month to visit, however it is never going to seem as crowded as many of the other islands.

Visit at the beginning of the month and you’ll catch the famous Aruba Carnival . You’ll find exciting events every day until the middle of February!

You’ll need 7 days minimum to enjoy Aruba but that would depend on your beach time. If  want to enjoy the many other activities as well as the world-class beaches then more days are recommended!

Recommended by Jeff of Life of Y

20. Thailand (another favorite on this list of best countries to visit in February)

Thailand beaches longtail boats on beach with sand and teal water looking down best countries to visit in February

  • Region:  Southeast Asia
  • Fly into:  Suvarnabhumi Airport
  • Average temp:  80F high, 70F low

Thailand is undeniably one of the best countries to visit in February. The country offers diverse landscapes, from lush jungles and pristine beaches to bustling cities. Whether you’re seeking tranquility or adventure, you’ll find it here.

The weather is spectacular, with clear skies and more bearable temperatures than other months. February is also the last cool month in Thailand.

One of the most magical events in February is the  Chiang Mai Flower Festival . The streets are transformed into a floral paradise . It’s a vibrant three-day celebration full of parades, garden displays, and traditional dancing.

The best part? Thailand is relatively quieter during February.

To get there, fly into Bangkok. Then, explore the country via domestic flights, trains, or even motorbikes. Bangkok’s bustling markets, historic temples, and vibrant street food are a must-see before you travel to other islands.

For a quieter experience, visit Chiang Rai’s White Temple or explore Ayutthaya’s ancient ruins. Enjoy the turquoise waters of Krabi or relax on the tranquil beaches of Koh Samui.

A two to three-week trip is perfect for getting a taste of Thailand. Consider booking boutique hotels for a more authentic experience, and don’t forget to savor local food at their street markets! It’s one of the best things to do in Thailand!

As you travel to Thailand, pack modest clothes for your temple visits. If you plan to stay longer, arrive earlier rather than later because from March to May, the pollution from their burning season tends to be quite intense.

Recommended by Gladis of Happiness on the Way

best country to visit in February view of city in Spain with old buildings church and sea

  • Fly into: Jerez Airport (XRY) or Seville Airport (SVQ)
  • Average temp: 63 °F high, 52 °F low

Tucked away in the southwest corner of Spain, Cádiz is a great place to visit in February, thanks to the Cádiz Festival. While the rest of Andalusia slumbers in its winter lull, Cádiz comes alive and reveals its most flamboyant side during the second month of the year.

Travelers and locals flock to the Carnaval de Cádiz for its chirpy atmosphere. Expect vibrant parades and costumes as the streets come alive with the sounds of music. It’s one of Spain’s biggest carnivals, known for its clever and satirical performances known as “chirigotas.”

While you’re in this breezy city, it’s the perfect occasion to try some classic Andalusian dishes like  pescaíto frito  (fried fish) and the ever-popular churros.

While the rest of Europe shivers, Cádiz enjoys a mild and pleasant climate in February. Although it’s far from its summer peak temperatures, it’s an ideal destination to escape winter’s cold.

The city appeals to a diverse crowd, from locals to tourists seeking an authentic Spanish experience. Getting  from Seville to Cadiz   is a breeze – it’s just a 1.5-hour train ride away. You can also easily reach it from popular destinations like Malaga or Tarifa.

Besides the festival, Cádiz’s main attraction is its beautiful old town, sitting gracefully in the middle of the bay of Cádiz. Whether you’re visiting its iconic white cathedral, medieval fortress, or the Mercado Central, you’re always just a few steps away from the sea.

Even though the festival lasts for 11 days, it’s a good idea to plan to stay in Cádiz for at least 2 days to fully enjoy its beauty. Afterward, you can keep exploring the many great things to see in Andalusia during its quieter, less busy season.

Even if you don’t plan to stay for the entire 11-day festival, it’s a good idea to spend at least 2 days in Cádiz to enjoy its beauty. Afterward, you can keep exploring the many great things to see in Andalusia in the intimacy of its low season.

Recommended by Iphi of Travel Choreography

22. Curacao (a top choice for the best country to visit in February)

best destinations in February view of white sand beach with teal water in the Caribbean

  • Region:  Caribbean
  • Fly into:  Hato Airport
  • Average temp:  86°F high, 76°F low

Considering a break from winter chills? Curaçao is the perfect place to go in February. With its warm temperatures and sunny weather, it’s easy to see why many choose this Caribbean island.

A big draw in February is the Curaçao Carnival. Streets come alive with music, dancing, and colorful parades.

Locals and tourists enjoy this animated fest, combining traditional beats with modern tunes. It’s not just a party; it’s an experience that brings everyone together, celebrating Curaçao’s unique culture.

But it’s not all about dancing. If you enjoy being active, you might want to  hike in Curaçao . The island offers a mix of gentle seaside paths and more demanding mountain trails. Walking, you’ll spot local plants, birds, and some wildlife.

Thinking of staying for a week? The Baoase Luxury Resort is a top pick . It’s the best option for luxury accommodation in Curaçao, and you will have a treat like nowhere else on the island. However, due to the popularity of the Carnival, it’s important to rserve your stay well in advance.

During your vacation, language won’t be a barrier. Most people in Curacao Island speak Dutch, Papiamentu, and English. You can also use the US dollar for most things which makes shopping and dining out hassle-free!

So, if warm days, lively parties, and natural beauty sound good, Curaçao in February should be on your list!

Recommended by Odo of Caribe Vibes

23. Switzerland

best countries to visit in February  wine and food on table with Swiss alps in distance

  • Region:  Central Europe
  • Fly into:  Zurich or Geneva
  • Average temp:  28-45 F

The Swiss Alps may just be the dreamiest places to visit in February and Switzerland is truly a winter wonderland.

Geneva and Zurich are both accessible airports from most cities in Europe and getting around the county is simple with the fantastic train system.

Switzerland lies at the crossroads of several major European cultures, German, French and Italian. This will provide you with incredible architecture and diversity from the wonderful cities to the small towns.

Pick a few towns that you catch your eye and map out your itinerary – spend a week in Zermatt or enjoy a  three-night train trip  through the country with a new stop each day.

Zermatt is a “must do” when it comes to planning your trip. The famous Matterhorn sits in view of the town and provides phenomenal views.

This town is home to well known ski areas with the Matterhorn in the background and bustling streets. For an incredible hot tub view of the mountain, make sure you consider the beautiful BEAUSiTE Zermatt Hotel for your stay. 

Looking for something quieter and more relaxing? Consider the upscale and luxurious Gstaad . More luxury stores than souvenir shops, this town is a wonderful place to step out of reality.

Make sure to take the gondola up into the mountains and get a table at Bergrestaurant Eggli. Enjoy some cheese fondue and drink wine while appreciating the beauty of the Swiss Alps.

From gorgeous cities to charming chalet lined towns, its hard to go wrong on a getaway to Switzerland.

Recommended by Monica of Maxed Out PTO

Where to go in February continued…

Anyone else looking forward to escaping the cold with these best places to visit in February? Or maybe you are looking to bundle up and avoid the crowds in a chilly country. Whatever you choose, the world awaits!

countries to visit in February Brazil coastline and mountains with city

  • Region:  South America
  • Fly into:  São Paulo–Guarulhos International Airport (GRU)
  • Average temp:  72 to 88 degrees F

When it comes to hot weather destinations in winter, one of the best countries to visit in February is Brazil.

Not only is February the height of summer, but it’s also when Brazil’s famous Carnival takes place. Therefore, it’s the best time to experience the country’s festivities, music, dance, and food.

Rio de Janeiro boasts the most iconic Carnival celebrations , but the whole country lights up with street parties, parades, and live concerts. So, no matter where you are, you’ll get a fantastic taste of Brazilian culture during this time.

February is an excellent time to soak up the sun and enjoy Brazil’s 2,000+ pristine beaches. And, although February is the busy season, the warm weather makes it an ideal time for sightseeing.

If you’re in Rio, make sure to visit Sugarloaf Mountain, Christ the Redeemer, and the iconic Copacabana boardwalk, which is most lively at this time of year.

February is also a great time to visit one of the country’s most famous natural wonders, Iguassu Falls. This is the world’s biggest network of waterfalls and is particularly impressive in February, as the water levels are at the highest.

For a truly memorable experience, you can even  see the falls from above  by taking a helicopter tour, or get wet on a speedboat ride down the Iguassu River!

The best way to get to Brazil is by flying to Sao Paolo or Rio de Janeiro, as there are direct flights from many North American and European cities. Once in Brazil, travel is relatively cheap and easy with the option of taking domestic flights or overnight buses.

Because there’s so much to see in Brazil, you really should allow yourself at least 10 days to explore as much as possible.

Recommended by Chanelle of Chasing Chanelle

25. St. Lucia (another top choice for places to go in February)

St. Lucia in the caribbean countries to visit in February with views of large mountain and cove with boat in water palm trees

  • Fly Into:  Hewanorra International Airport (UVF) or George F. L. Charles Airport (SLU)
  • Average Temp:  83 degrees high / 72 degrees low

St. Lucia is a gorgeous island in the Eastern Caribbean Sea. It is an idyllic destination for a February getaway! Its appeal lies not only in its tropical climate but also in the vibrant atmosphere created by local festivals and events. You will have so much fun getting to know this island.

In February, the island hosts the St. Lucia Jazz Festival, attracting music enthusiasts from around the world. The event showcases a mix of local and international artists.

Additionally, you can enjoy music in the street every Friday of the year at the lively Gros Islet Street Party, located along the northern shore of the island.

February is a great time to visit St. Lucia as crowds are low. Peak tourist season picks up in March. Travelers can enjoy the serene beaches and explore attractions without crowds. Visiting the iconic Pitons, the famous volcanic peaks you’ll see in all the guidebooks, is a must.

Most visitors will stay on the West Side of the island near Soufrière or the north side closer to Rodney Bay. The west side is known as honeymooners paradise. The north side is known for lively culture and more affordable accommodations.

Cruise lines like  Virgin Voyages  pull into Castries port on the northern side of the island. Though cruises don’t stay in St. Lucia for long, they can be the most economical way to see the highlights of this fabulous island.

Whether you’re staying for a day or a week, St. Lucia easily fits on this list of the best country to visit in February!

Recommended by Eleanor of Elevate Your Escapes

26. Germany

European city with tall buildings and ornate architecture

  • Region: Central Europe
  • Fly into: Munich Franz Josef Strauss Airport (MUC)
  • Average temp: 42°F high, 27°F low

Wondering where to visit in the chilly month of February? Pack your winter woolies for a trip to the ever-charming capital of Bavaria, Munich.

Munich is easily reached by domestic or international flight. Book yourself at least two days for enjoying Bavarian beer hall culture and stunning Old-World buildings.

If fairytale town halls and toasty taverns weren’t enough to entice you, Munich has one of its most beloved traditions in late February – the vibrant Fasching Carnival.

Dating from the 1400’s, there’s special dance routines and a colorful parade of “silly” knights and nimble jesters that journey through the historical center right to the famous Hofbräuhaus. It’s also the perfect excuse to stop in for a stein of golden beer and a hearty schnitzel after the show is done.

The festivities run throughout the month of February; with joyful celebrations reaching their peak from the 19th – 21st . You’ll find the main stages set up at beautiful Marienplatz and the grand Stachus/Karlsplatz, with local performances running all day.

When you’re done enjoying the festival, Munich has so much more to see and do. Try out this carefully curated, self-guided walking tour of Munich – designed to show you around many of the city’s delightful attractions.

Don’t forget your warm winter jacket and comfy walking shoes so you’ll be ready to enjoy Munich without the crowds. Germany is by far one of the best countries to travel to in February!

Recommended by Jenelle of Happy Little Rover

Rome building with statues places to travel to in February

  • Fly into: Leonardo da Vinci–Fiumicino Airport
  • Average temp: 57°F high, 38°F low (Rome)

Italy is the best place for a vacation in February if you’re keen on saving money and avoiding crowds.  Aside from skiing areas in Northern Italy , February is in the ‘low season’ in much of the rest of the country so you can score some amazing deals.

You’ll want to stay at least a week – preferably two – to see the most popular Italian cities.  The largest airport in Italy is just outside Rome, so this is the best place to begin your trip. 

Start off your stay in the Eternal City with a  golf cart tour of Rome . This is the best way to see the top sights – from the Colosseum to Trevi Fountain and Rome’s famous piazzas – without wearing yourself out on the first day of your vacation. 

The lower crowds in Italy in February means you’ll have a much easier time getting tickets to top attractions such as the Vatican, or world-class museums like the Uffizi in Florence.

February is of course the season of Carnevale. It’s celebrated all over Italy, but if you want to be a part of a truly amazing Carnevale, head to Venice. Experience the excitement of parades and masquerade balls along with the romance of taking a gondola ride through the canals of Venice. 

And if you’re in Catania, Sicily , don’t miss La Festa di Sant’Agata, which honors the city’s patron saint. This grand festival centers on one of the largest religious processions in the world!

Recommended by Lisa Garrett of Waves and Cobblestones

28. Mexico (convenient destination on this list of best countries to visit in February)

large pyramid in Mexico on sunny day with steps leading up it

  • Fly into: Cancun International Airport
  • Average temp: 83°F high, 66°F low 

Mexico is an amazing destination for a winter trip if you are looking to escape colder climates. Both air and water temperatures are warm in February, which leaves you with plenty of outdoor activities to choose from. 

Most tourists come for the beautiful beaches, refreshing cenotes, and ancient Mayan Ruins. Rainforests of Yucatan are also perfect for wildlife viewing . You would need at least a week to explore everything this region of Mexico has to offer. 

Fly into Cancun as it has the best tourist infrastructure on the peninsula. You have more options for hotels, car rentals, and restaurants than anywhere else in the region. You can choose to take guided tours from Cancun or explore the nearby attractions on your own in a rental car.

The Mayan architecture is the highlight of the  Yucatan Peninsula . Start by visiting Chichen Itza, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Arrive as early as possible to enjoy the world famous pyramid with fewer tourists. You can visit a few other archaeological sites nearby, like Uxmal and Tulum.

If you prefer to extend your trip by a few days, it is worth venturing out deeper into the country. You could choose to see Palenque or Calakmul ruins. Hidden in the rainforest, these mysterious ruins attract less people. They are the most remarkable of all Yucatan sites and worth a longer drive.

No matter how you choose to spend your time, the beautiful country of Mexico will be one of the most memorable places to travel to in February.

Recommended by Anastasia of Travel Realist

29. Malaysia

bike and street art in Malaysia in wintertime

  • Fly into:  Kuala Lumpur International Airport (KLIA)
  • Average temp:  86°F high, 72°F low

Malaysia is a one of the February best holiday destinations. Malaysia offers a lot of different experiences amidst pleasant weather conditions.

Winter – from December to February – is the best time to visit the West Coast of Peninsular Malaysia, including Kuala Lumpur.

The world’s highest twin towers, the Petronas Twin Towers, are a must-visit attraction in the heart of Kuala Lumpur, offering breathtaking views of the capital’s skyline.

To experience Malaysia, combine Kuala Lumpur with other west coast destinations. The charming George Town, on the island of Penang, is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Here, you can wander through historic streets and indulge in as much street food as you can handle.

Then continue your journey to Langkawi, a tropical paradise where white sandy beaches and lush jungles – including different species of wild monkeys are waiting for you.

If possible, consider staying at least two weeks to combine Kuala Lumpur, Penang and Langkawi. However, if you have more time, add the UNESCO World Heritage town Malacca to your itinerary and include  day trips from Kuala Lumpur , too.

You can hike the famous mountain of Gunung Jasar in the Cameron Highlights, hike through one of the oldest rainforests in the world, Taman Negara, and visit the town of Ipoh, where you’ll find one of Malaysia’s biggest cave temples.

Malaysia’s cultural calendar is another reason to visit in February . Both Chinese New Year and Thaipusam are celebrated in this month.

The Kuala Lumpur International Airport (KLIA) is well-connected to most major cities in and beyond SouthEast Asia. Low-cost carrier AirAsia makes domestic travel between Kuala Lumpur and other destinations easy (and cheap).

Malaysia is one of the best countries to visit in February – it’s just a bonus that it’s also affordable!

Recommended by Marlieke of Kuala Lumpur with Kids

30. New Zealand

best countries to visit in February view of town with coast and mountains in distance

  • Fly into: Auckland International Airport
  • Average temp: 75°F high, 60°F low

New Zealand in February is perfect for those seeking an idyllic summer escape. During the last month of Kiwi summer, you’ll find warm and pleasant weather perfect for exploring they country’s beautiful national parks.

While February is still a popular month with visitors, the major summer holiday season has ended and local school holidays are over, so it’s easy to find some secluded spots to relax. 

Spend your time relaxing at the beach, enjoying the long daylight hours, and trying out a variety of outdoor activities. New Zealand is one of the absolute best places to go in February!

Explore geothermal wonders in Rotorua, spend some time enjoying the white, sandy beaches on the east coast, and go  bungy jumping in Queenstown .

Head up north to the Waitangi Treaty Grounds on 6 February to mark the signing of New Zealand’s founding document with ceremonies, cultural performances and food.

Other festivals taking place in February include Napier’s Art Deco Festival, Splore, a festival of art and music, the New Zealand Festival of the Arts and the Wellington Wine and Food Festival. 

A popular way to see the country is by campervan. It’s a relatively affordable way to see New Zealand’s stunning landscapes up close – just check the camping restrictions before you go or stay in holiday park or campsite.

Recommended by Roxanne of Love Queenstown

road and trees along coastline with black rock blue water white waves

Wow! What a list. With so many fun festivals and a diverse range of activities, the options for a February vacation are truly endless! Where will you head this February?

Here’s a quick recap of the best countries to visit in February, in a much quicker fashion!

Absolute best places to travel in February

  • Turks and Caicos
  • French Polynesia
  • Netherlands
  • Switzerland
  • New Zealand

Related content you might like: 34 Best Countries to Visit in January (Perfect for Relaxation & Adventure) 34 Incredible Warm Winter Vacations USA (Say Goodbye to the Cold)

Find this post helpful? Save it for later or share it on social media!

30 incredible vacation spots in February with photos of beach, pyramids and island coastline

Sylvia E. Lester

Sunday 28th of January 2024

Your blog has become my daily dose of positivity and inspiration It's a space that I always look forward to visiting

Monday 29th of January 2024

I'm so glad you found this guide inspiring, and that you love the content :)

Monday 20th of November 2023

Wow! What a blast! I'd like to go to New Zealand so much!

Saturday 2nd of December 2023

Yessss Alona! I hope you make it there soon :)

Sunday 22nd of October 2023

What a great listicle of top countries to visit in February! I'd love to try Finland during this time. Thanks for sharing your recommendations, I'll be saving this for future inspiration!

Oh cool Kelly! Glad you found some inspiration here 🩵

Saturday 21st of October 2023

I think February is one of the best times to visit New Zealand (the later in the month, the better). It's the best temperatures, and you avoid the school holiday traffic.

Ah yes Rhonda! I mean, New Zealand anytime of year sounds awesome but it's definitely deserving of a spot for the month of February, too :)

This is an awesome listm never heard of Turks and Caicos before. The beach locations are stunning. Seychelles and Maldives are at the top of my bucketlist

So glad you found some inspiration Sinjana! Turks and Caicos is one of my absolute favorite Caribbean destinations. Sounds like we both love beachy spots!

Accessibility Links

times logo

Where is hot in February? 16 best countries for winter sun this month

Make the most of the shortest month of the year and spend it in the sun with our pick of the top places to visit.

best uk cities to visit in february

I f you need one, February offers plenty of reasons to travel. There’s the half-term holiday with the kids, the Valentine’s getaway with the other half, or the simple desire to escape the dreariness of the northern hemisphere winter. Options for places to visit are even more numerous. Fly-and-floppers are directed to Zanzibar; animal-lovers to see whales off Mexico’s Pacific coast or big cats on a South African safari. Cultural heavyweights Cambodia, Abu Dhabi and Easter Island all offer some of their most agreeable weather, while Spain’s Canary Islands deliver short-haul sun in Europe.

Main photo: the arch of Cabo San Lucas at the tip of Baja California (Alamy)

This article contains affiliate links, which may earn us revenue

1. Los Cabos, Mexico

Average temperature 20C At the foot of the Baja California peninsula in northwestern Mexico , these two towns — glam Cabo San Lucas and more authentic San Jose del Cabo — head up an area of white-sand beaches, fine hotels and an arid, cacti-dotted interior. As one of the cooler months, February is a good bet for physical activities — from guided hikes through Sierra de la Laguna to jet-skiing or kitesurfing — and peak season for boat trips (from La Paz) to spot whale sharks and baby humpback whales. Yellowtail is the main target for sport-fishers at this time, while riding on the beach is also popular. Best of all, you’ll dodge the inevitable price hikes and large crowds that appear when North American students flood in for March and April’s raucous spring-break parties.

• Best all-inclusive hotels in Mexico

Advertisement

2. zanzibar, tanzania.

Stone Town in Zanzibar City (Getty Images)

Average temperature 28C Zanzibar sizzles in February, which is ideal for visitors planning to spend most of their time horizontal — be it swimming in the bath-warm Indian Ocean, bronzing on a powdery white shore or getting massaged at a beach resort. Snorkelling is another option: Chumbe Island’s protected reef is seemingly home to fish of every shape and colour. Some verticality is required during dolphin-watching boat tours, but you can always float in the pool afterwards. For the more energetic, it’s near-essential to stroll around the capital’s narrow-laned, Unesco-listed Stone Town quarter, past Persian bathhouses, Swahili restaurants, coral-stone houses and Freddie Mercury’s birthplace. February brings the Sauti za Busara music festival: four rhythmic days of African jazz and local taarab shows in Stone Town’s Old Fort.

• Best safari camps in Tanzania

3. Cambodia

Sunrise at Angkor Wat (Getty Images)

Average temperature 24C In March, Cambodia swelters. That’s fine if you’re staying at one of its growing collection of island-based beach retreats — from rustic, affordable eco-lodges on Koh Rong to the more opulent likes of Song Saa — but less ideal for sightseeing at the southeast Asian country’s headline act. Touring the former Khmer capital of Angkor and its incredible ninth to 15th-century temples can be hot work, especially if you’re climbing Ta Keo’s steps or scrambling over huge roots at tree-hugged Ta Prohm in high humidity. Early to mid February offers a far milder heat, including for those early risers watching sunrise over Angkor Wat — the fairest and largest temple of them all. Additionally, there will be higher water levels on the Tonle Sap River to aid cruises from capital Phnom Penh, or perhaps even Vietnam .

• Essential tips for seeing Angkor Wat

Julian Marley performs in Kingston at one of the annual celebrations held in honour of his father, Bob (Alamy)

Average temperature 24C February is peak season in the Caribbean and promises perfect, dry weather for snorkelling, swimming or simply sunbathing on fudge-hued shores — and sufficiently cool days for exploring historic plantations and waterfall hikes inland. All of that is possible in Jamaica , whose popular tamarind fruit is in season and whose visitors are deliciously ruffled by gentle daytime winds known as the “doctor breeze”. The island then throws a cherry on top. Falling on February 6, Bob Marley’s birthday is marked by everything from concerts to fashion parades, chiefly in Kingston and Negril. Dancing is pretty much mandatory.

• Best hotels in Jamaica

5. Easter Island, Chile

At the Tapati festival (Alamy)

Average temperature 23C As summer ends on Easter Island — or Rapa Nui, as the locals call it — flights stay regular as temperatures revert from sweltering to tolerable. The big draw on this Chilean territory, more than 2,000 miles west and a six-hour flight from mainland South America, are its hundreds of monumental, monolithic moai statues. Supposedly carrying the spirits of ancestors, many of these huge-headed stone figures were placed on platforms around the island’s perimeter — a mind-boggling feat given their weight. Spot some as you hike a bright-green Pacific coastal path; other things to do are surfing, diving to see submerged moai and, in February, attending the two-week Tapati festival. A blend of dancing and singing competitions alongside horse racing, triathlons and other traditional sporting events, it’s an excellent way to sample the local Polynesian culture.

N’Gor Island Surf Camp near Dakar (Getty Images)

Average temperature 21C Though it flies under the average tourist’s radar, there’s lots to like about a holiday in Senegal — from a cool contemporary art scene and Saint-Louis’s sun-baked colonial architecture to golden beaches and spicy eats. The west African country’s surfing scene is especially good, for beginners or veterans alike, and February — with no rain, much sun and very bearable heat — is the optimum time to ride the waves. Stay at a solar-powered lodge such as N’Gor Island Surf Camp near the capital, Dakar, and you could also journey southeast for a safari in the Niokolo-Koba National Park. It’s open from mid-December until April 30 and hugs the Gambia River, and its forests are home to hippos, crocodiles, lions, leopards, warthogs and elephants. If that’s too far to go, opt for a birdwatching boat journey along the mangrove-snagged Casamance Delta instead.

7. Singapore

Hawker Chan in Singapore’s Chinatown (Alamy)

Average temperature 27C Far more than just a stopover, Singapore might even have too much to do. Hawker centres around the city provide contenders for the world’s best street food (Liao Fan’s Hawker Chan at 335 Smith Street has previously won a Michelin star), while some of Asia’s premier cocktails are consumed in bars here. That includes the Raffles hotel’s Long Bar, home of the Singapore Sling. Singapore’s vertical gardens and futuristic developments impress, as do nature reserves housing saltwater crocodiles and macaque monkeys. In February, amid warm and mostly dry weather, there’s usually an added attraction: the arrival of lunar new year. Tending to fall in this month, it involves colourful parades and many a costumed, pugilistic lion dance in Chinatown. Book your stay well in advance if your visit falls around then.

• Best hotels in Singapore

8. Melbourne, Australia

Centre Place, one of Melbourne’s many laneways (Alamy)

Average temperature 21C All of Australia enjoys sunshine during February — with even Melbourne and its notoriously temperamental climate likely to bask. With very little rainfall likely, the city’s buzzing, café-lined laneways are at their most vibrant; so too the many rooftop bars, such as laid-back Good Heavens, and gorgeous parks. Barbecues are ten a penny, as are cricket games; just try not to mention the Ashes. It’s a fine time to catch a concert at the free St Kilda Festival, or to rummage around independent clothes and homeware stores in the hip suburb of Richmond. Most of all, though, try to do as the locals do — namely, decamp an hour’s drive south to the eucalyptus-scented Mornington Peninsula, where calm, sandy beaches and informal but high-quality vineyard restaurants await.

• Best things to do in Melbourne

9. Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates

Sheikh Zayed Grand Mosque (Alamy)

Average temperature 20C A more authentic alternative to Dubai, the UAE ’s capital city of Abu Dhabi is home to numerous treasures. Top trump, arguably, is Sheikh Zayed Grand Mosque; not only one of the world’s largest Islamic places of worship, but beautiful thanks to dazzlingly white domes and minarets. Similarly eye-catching are the island-set Louvre Abu Dhabi, which aims to bridge the gap between eastern and western art, and indoor theme park Ferrari World, devoted to Italy’s most famous fast car. A couple of hours’ drive east is Al Ain, a Unesco-protected garden city whose largest oasis contains 147,000 date palms; nearby are ancient, distinctive beehive tombs reckoned to be about 5,000 years old. They’re far more fun to visit in February than summer, when the mercury can rise above 40C.

• Best hotels in Abu Dhabi

10. Kruger National Park, South Africa

A cheetah cub in Kruger National Park (Alamy)

Average temperature 26C Kruger National Park in South Africa is arguably Africa’s most reliable national park when it comes to sightings of the big five and other popular beasts. So while February’s dense vegetation makes things harder, your odds remain excellent. That greenery yields an upside too, as the park never looks more lush and photogenic. This is also the season when many baby animals arrive on the scene and when birding is at its best thanks to the arrival of migratory species. Try, if you can afford it, to stay on an adjacent private reserve such as Sabi Sands or Timbavati: the guiding quality will be better, there will be fewer other visitors and you’ll be permitted to go off-road (unlike in the main park) in search of those elusive animals — a crucial advantage.

• Best safaris in South Africa

11. Lanzarote, Spain

The bandstand and promenade in Arrecife, Lanzarote (Alamy)

Average temperature 18C Keen on escaping to somewhere sunny over February half-term, but less so on a long flight? Getting to Lanzarote takes just over four hours from London and you can expect seven daily hours of sun on average. There are theme parks and family-friendly beach resorts aplenty, especially on the south coast. But try also to explore this Canary Island’s bumpy geography. Walking some of the Cueva de Los Verdes’s four-mile lava tube (a cave created by lava flows 3,000 years ago) should delight youngsters, as will deep craters amid Timanfaya National Park and its hundreds of volcanoes. Should parents need a hedonistic break, it’s usually easy to hire a babysitter and journey to one of the main malvasia vineyards for a tour and tasting session.

• Best hotels in Lanzarote

12. The Philippines

On the water at El Nido in the Philippines (Getty Images)

Average temperature 27C Palawan’s longstanding tagline as the Philippines ’ last frontier made sense two decades ago, but thanks to social media, the whole world now knows about how beautiful it is. Luckily Palawan’s archipelago contains more than 1,700 isles to accompany its namesake main one, and still has the potential for escapism. Visitors might go diving on eco-spirited Pangalusian, meet monkeys on Coron, tour pearl farms on Large Bulucan or settle into luxury life on private Pamalican, where Aman operates a resort. With lagoons, street parades, rice terraces and wreck dives, the El Nido area of Palawan still has the most rounded offering, however.

• Best beaches in the Philippines

13. Mendoza, Argentina

Visit wine cellars and bodegas in Mendoza province (Alamy)

Average temperature 25C Alongside steaks and dulce de leche, Argentina ’s most famous gastronomic item is malbec. The bold, plummy red grape is harvested across this vast South American country, but its hub is the western province of Mendoza thanks to oh-so-fertile Andean foothills below mighty Mount Aconcagua. Drive or cycle its gorgeous Provincial Route 89, aka “the Wine Road”, and then Route 40, and stop at terraced vineyards and bodegas for tastings or delicious meals. In February, everyone will be excited ahead of March’s harvest, making it a thrilling time to visit.

• Best things to do in Argentina

14. Durban, South Africa

A Hindu temple in Durban (Alamy)

Average temperature 25C Facing the deep blue of the Indian Ocean, Durban has all the glitz and glam of a coastal metropolis while still retaining its wild side. High-rises and luxury hotels line its coast, but it’s not unusual to spot dolphins swimming alongside sea kayakers or vervet monkeys hanging from the trees. There’s a strong Indian influence here, thanks to the generations who came through work and trade, which is most obvious when you walk through the busy Victoria Street Market or order a bunny chow (bread filled with curry). The city also makes a fantastic jumping-off point for safaris in KwaZulu-Natal province; private game reserves dominate here, and Thanda is particularly excellent on the conservation front.

• Best things to do in Durban

15. New Orleans, US

A chihuahua dressed as the Star Wars character Baby Yoda for Mardi Gras in New Orleans (Getty Images)

Average temperature 14C If it’s a party you’re looking for, New Orleans comes alive for Mardi Gras season every February. The exact date changes every year, but there are festivities for a whole month leading up to the big day so you can certainly get into the spirit of things even if you’re not there for the main event. There’s plenty to keep you busy here, from soaking in the charm of the French Quarter and bar-hopping down Frenchmen Street to browsing the galleries and museums of the Arts and Warehouse District. And then of course there’s the food, with sugar-dusted beignets an essential.

• Best hotels in New Orleans

16. Turks and Caicos

Riding on the beach in Providenciales, Turks and Caicos (Alamy)

Average temperature 25C A British Overseas Territory in the Caribbean, Turks and Caicos is now easier than ever to get to thanks to a new flight route with Virgin Atlantic. Like other parts of the Caribbean, February means plenty of sun and little rain, making this a great fly and flop option. But why would you, when a barrier reef here means a kaleidoscope of marine life that’s ripe for snorkelling and diving, while the consistent winds make kiteboarding and windsurfing hugely popular? Further offshore, this time of the year is also when whales are at their most numerous.

virginatlantic.com

• Best things to do in Turks and Caicos

Additional reporting by Qin Xie

Take me there

Looking to go somewhere hot in February? Here are the best winter sun packages from Jet2 Holidays and BA Holidays .

Sign up for the Times Travel Newsletter here .

Related articles

17 best places to visit in February 2024 for a winter getaway

National Geographic content straight to your inbox—sign up for our popular newsletters here

The view of a male hiker looking out onto the view of a cliff and the sun reflecting off the water below.

7 of the best UK walking festivals for 2024

The Isle of Wight Walking Festival is celebrating its 25th anniversary this year — and a number of similar events are taking place across the UK as the weather warms up.

May is the month for walking festivals when walkers make use of longer days to scale the rickety stiles of the British countryside. There’s been a slew of new festivals in recent years — with guided walks themed around subjects as diverse as archaeology and astronomy, food and folklore. The festival calendar drops off through June and July, but the pace picks up again in September, when walkers can savour the last drops of summer at a handful of events.

1. Haltwhistle Walking Festival

Best for: history 27 April-6 May

Millennia ago, centurions marched the ramparts of Hadrian’s Wall — these days walkers follow in their sandalled footsteps with the advent of the Haltwhistle Walking Festival. Hosted in a town right beside the Romans’ ramparts, the festival includes some two dozen events centred in great part on local history — the legions loom large, but so too do medieval priories, Quaker meeting houses and historic mining communities.

2. Isle of Wight Walking Festival

Best for: islands 11-19 May

This festival celebrates its 25th anniversary in 2024, with an event in spring and another in autumn. Book onto the spring session to see the island’s natural world beginning to stir — guided walks take participants in search of red squirrels, passing through bluebell woods, wading the shallows on a seagrass harvesting project and exploring the steep, sublime scenery of West Wight.

3. Suffolk Walking Festival

Best for: easy walking 11-26 May

If the contours of Wales, the English Lakes or the Scottish Highlands seem too daunting, head to the more kindly gradients of Suffolk for this walking festival. Close to 60 guided walks explore this famously flat county, ranging from potters beside the North Sea coast at eerie Orford Ness to saunters amid the more idyllic landscapes of Dedham Vale.

4. Winchcombe Walking Festival

Best for: village-exploration 17-19 May Hikers come to the Cotswolds for the wooded escarpments and blustery commons, but it’s also beloved for having some of England’s loveliest towns and villages. Among them is Winchcombe, an ancient Anglo-Saxon capital hosting a walking festival in May. Hikes explore pubs, parishes and pathways — including a meteorite-themed walk in honour of a celestial object that crash landed in February 2021.

5. Arran Mountain Festival

Best for: a mountain view 17-20 May

Anyone wishing to dip their toe into Scottish mountaineering should head to the Isle of Arran: not only are its hills said to represent the Highlands in miniature, but it also hosts the Arran Mountain Festival, with a programme of walks for many abilities. Head up Goatfell — the island’s highest point (874m) — or traverse the A’Chir ridge, with vertical drops below.

6. Gower Walking Festival

Best for: a coastline walk 7-15 September

The Gower is a finger of land protruding into the sea west of Swansea, with cliffs rising sheer from the swells of the Bristol Channel. The annual festival’s programme is still being finalised, but Wales’s finest beaches are likely to play a starring role: hikers will pass the sandy sweep of Rhossili Beach, the little coves of Caswell and Pwll Du and, best of all, the great wandering estuary at Three Cliffs.

7. Richmond Walking and Book Festival

Best for: bookworms 20-29 September

The festival offers a two for one, promising to combine ‘boots and books’, ‘walks and words’. This year’s schedule is still to be confirmed, but expect to spend days pacing the uplands of the Yorkshire Dales National Park, with evenings resting tired feet but exercising curious minds, listening to authors read from their work.

FREE BONUS ISSUE

Related topics, you may also like.

best uk cities to visit in february

Exploring the UK's wild isles: 5 of the best new nature travel books

best uk cities to visit in february

A UK break in Falmouth: Cornish maritime history on the South West Coast Path

best uk cities to visit in february

11 of the UK’s best vegan experiences, from fine dining to festival favourites

best uk cities to visit in february

Bluebell walks in the UK: eight of the best woodlands to visit

best uk cities to visit in february

Sparkling vintages, vineyard tours and tasting festivals: how to experience English wine this year

  • Environment
  • Perpetual Planet

History & Culture

  • History & Culture
  • History Magazine
  • Mind, Body, Wonder
  • Paid Content
  • Terms of Use
  • Privacy Policy
  • Your US State Privacy Rights
  • Children's Online Privacy Policy
  • Interest-Based Ads
  • About Nielsen Measurement
  • Do Not Sell or Share My Personal Information
  • Nat Geo Home
  • Attend a Live Event
  • Book a Trip
  • Inspire Your Kids
  • Shop Nat Geo
  • Visit the D.C. Museum
  • Learn About Our Impact
  • Support Our Mission
  • Advertise With Us
  • Customer Service
  • Renew Subscription
  • Manage Your Subscription
  • Work at Nat Geo
  • Sign Up for Our Newsletters
  • Contribute to Protect the Planet

Copyright © 1996-2015 National Geographic Society Copyright © 2015-2024 National Geographic Partners, LLC. All rights reserved

The best iPad deals of April 2024

Browse the best iPad deals and save on your next Apple tablet

Best ipad deals - Apple iPad Pro 12.9-inch Gen 6 review

  • iPad Air deals
  • iPad Pro deals
  • iPad mini deals
  • iPad accessories

Retailers are putting their best iPad deals of April forward as 2024 iPad rumors persist. Apple's upcoming 'Let Loose' event on May 7 is expected to release a new iPad Pro , iPad Air as well as iPad accessories. As a result, retailers are slashing prices on existing iPads  to make room for new inventory. We expect prices to go even lower post-launch. So if you're looking for a price break, now is one of the best times to buy an iPad.

From entry level to pro, Apple has an iPad for everyone and are among the best tablets to buy. There's the 10.9-inch 2022 iPad with Apple A14 chip, 11-inch and 12-inch M2 iPad Pro , the 10.9 inch iPad Air, 8.3 inch iPad mini . Normally, pricing for entry model Wi-Fi only iPads range from $329 — $1,099. Right now, you can save up to $100 on select iPads at Amazon , Best Buy , and B&H . 

Whether you want to buy an iPad for yourself or surprise mom this Mother's Day, there are plenty of deals to be had. Here are today's iPad deals for every budget. 

Best iPad deals — Quick links

  • 10.2" iPad 9: $329  $249 @ Best Buy , Amazon
  • 10.9" iPad 10: $449 $348 @ PC Richard
  • 10.2" iPad 9 (256GB): $479 $379 @ Amazon
  • 8.3" iPad mini 6: $499 $399 @ Amazon , Best Buy
  • 10.9" iPad Air 5: $599 $499 @ Best Buy , Amazon
  • 11" iPad Pro M2: $799 $749 @ PC Richard
  • Apple Pencil USB-C: $79 $69 @ Amazon

Best iPad deals of April 2024

Best ipad deals.

Apple iPad 10: $449 $348 @ PC Richard

Apple iPad 10: $449 $348 @ PC Richard Now $101 off, the 10th generation iPad features Apple's A14 Bionic chip and is faster and more power efficient than its predecessor. It sports an ultra-wide 12MP front camera for video calling and an updated 12MP back camera for capturing sharp, vivid photos and 4K video. For wired and wireless connectivity options, the iPad 10 is equipped with a USB-C port and Wi-Fi 6. 

Price check: Best Buy $449 | B&H $449

10.2

10.2" iPad 9: $329 $249 @ Best Buy Save $80 on the 9th generation iPad and snap up Apple's cheapest tablet for even less. This entry model iPad packs a 10.2-inch Retina display with True Tone, A13 Bionic chip, 64GB of storage and stereo speakers. It sports an 8MP wide angle primary camera on the back and a 12MP ultra-wide front camera. Touch ID and Apple Pay offer secure login payment. 

Price check: Amazon $249

10.2

10.2" iPad 9 (256GB): $479 $379 @ Amazon Save $100 on the 9th generation iPad with 256GB of storage. This entry model iPad packs a 10.2-inch Retina display with True Tone, A13 Bionic chip, 64GB of storage and stereo speakers. It sports an 8MP wide angle primary camera on the back and a 12MP ultra-wide front camera. Touch ID and Apple Pay offer secure login payment. 

Price check: Best Buy $379 w/ membership

Best iPad Air deals

Apple iPad Air 5: $599 $499 @ Best Buy

Apple iPad Air 5: $599 $499 @ Best Buy Save $100 on the iPad Air 5. It packs a 10.9-inch Liquid Retina display with True Tone. Rounding out its specs are Apple's M1 chip, 8GB of RAM, 64GB of storage, and stereo speakers. For image capturing and video calls it has a 12MP wide angle primary camera on the back and a 12MP FaceTime Camera. Touch ID and Apple Pay offer secure login payment. 

Price check: Amazon $499 

Apple iPad Air 5 LTE (64GB): $749 $649 @ Amazon

Apple iPad Air 5 LTE (64GB): $749 $649 @ Amazon Save $100 on the iPad Air with Cellular support. it packs a 10.9-inch Liquid Retina display with True Tone. Rounding out its specs are Apple's M1 chip, 8GB of RAM, 64GB of storage and stereo speakers. For image capturing and video calls it has a 12MP wide angle primary camera on the back and a 12MP FaceTime Camera. Touch ID and Apple Pay offer secure login payment.

Price check: Best Buy $649

Best iPad Pro deals

best uk cities to visit in february

11" iPad Pro M2: $799 $749 @ PC Richard Save $50 on the 11-inch iPad Pro M2. It features an 11-inch Liquid Retina display, Apple M2 processor, 128GB of storage and Face ID. It supports Apple Pencil 2, Apple Magic Keyboard and Apple Smart Keyboard . 

Price check: Amazon $787  

best uk cities to visit in february

11" iPad Pro M2 (256GB): $8 99 $849 @ PC Richard Save $50 on the 11-inch iPad Pro M2 with 256GB of storage. It features an 11-inch Liquid Retina display, Apple M2 processor, 128GB of storage and Face ID. It supports Apple Pencil 2, Apple Magic Keyboard and Apple Smart Keyboard . 

best uk cities to visit in february

12.9" iPad Pro M2 (256GB): $1,199 $1,149 @ PC Save $50 on the 256GB model 12.9-inch Apple M2 iPad Pro. This pro-model iPad packs a gorgeous 12-inch Liquid Retina XDR display, Apple's M2 8-core CPU, 8GB of RAM, and 8-core GPU. Powerful enough the replace your laptop, the M2 iPad Pro Apple Magic Keyboard, Smart Keyboard Folio and Apple Pencil 2. Price check: Amazon $1,169 | B&H $1,199

12.9

12.9" iPad Pro M2 (512GB): $1,399 $1,349 @ B&H Save $50 on the 512GB model 12.9-inch Apple M2 iPad Pro. This pro-model iPad packs a gorgeous 12-inch Liquid Retina XDR display, Apple's M2 8-core CPU, 8GB of RAM, 8-core GPU and 512GB of ample storage. Powerful enough the replace your laptop, the M2 iPad Pro Apple Magic Keyboard, Smart Keyboard Folio and Apple Pencil 2. 

Price check:   Amazon $1,389 | Best Buy $1,399

Best iPad mini deals

Apple iPad mini 6 (64GB): $499 $399 @ Amazon

Apple iPad mini 6 (64GB): $499 $399 @ Amazon Save $100 on the iPad mini 6. Apple's 6th gen compact tablet packs an 8.3-inch Liquid Retina display with True Tone, Apple's A15 Bionic chip, 64GB of storage and Wi-Fi 6 support. There's a 12MP wide angle back camera and a 12MP ultra-wide camera on the front. Touch ID and Apple Pay offer secure login and payment.

Price check: Best Buy $399 | B&H $499

Apple iPad mini 6 LTE (256GB): $799 $699 @ Amazon

Apple iPad mini 6 LTE (256GB): $799 $699 @ Amazon Save $100 on the 256GB iPad mini 6 with cellular support. Apple's 6th gen compact tablet packs an 8.3-inch Liquid Retina display with True Tone, Apple's A15 Bionic chip, 256GB of storage, Wi-Fi 6 and 5G support. There's a 12MP wide angle back camera and a 12MP ultra-wide camera on the front. Touch ID and Apple Pay offer secure login and payment.

Price check: Best Buy $699

 When is the best time to buy an iPad? 

iPad deals are a lot easier to find these days thanks to ongoing discounts available throughout the year. However, the best time to buy an iPad is typically during the later months of the year and Black Friday in particular. Around the holidays is when we see the most competitive discounts among retailers and the lowest price on Apple's premium tablets. 

Other best times to buy an iPad are Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Amazon Prime Day and back-to-school season.

 What is the best iPad to buy? 

Apple's latest iPad Air is the best iPad to buy and our number 1 pick for best overall tablet . It runs on Apple's old but still good M1 chip which makes it more than adequate for managing emails, socials, internet surfing, consuming content, gaming and more. 

Priced at $599 to start, you can usually find it on sale for $100 to $150 less. 

 What is the best budget iPad? 

Although overshadowed by the iPad 10 ,  the 9th generation iPad is the best value iPad you can get. For months now, it's been on and off sale at Amazon and Best Buy for $249 — the lowest price of the year. 

In our  iPad 9th gen review , we gave it a solid rating of 4 out of 5-stars, praising its bright, vivid Retina display, outstanding performance, and impressive 12-hour battery life.

iPad accessory deals

Apple Smart Keyboard Folio: $179 $169 @ Amazon

Apple Smart Keyboard Folio: $179 $169 @ Amazon Save $10 on the official Apple Smart Keyboard. Turn your iPad into a laptop with the Apple Smart Keyboard Folio for the 11-inch iPad Pro. This keyboard case is designed to deliver a great typing experience on a comfortable keyboard whenever you need it. No charging or pairing required. Its durable lightweight cover protects both the front and back of your iPad. It works with iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation or later) and iPad Air (4th Generation). 

Apple Smart Keyboard Folio 12.9: $199 $189 @ Amazon

Apple Smart Keyboard Folio 12.9: $199 $189 @ Amazon Save $10 on the Apple Smart Keyboard Folio for the12.9-inch iPad Pro. This iPad accessory lets you enjoy a great typing experience on a comfortable keyboard whenever you need it. There's no charging or pairing required so it's ready when you are. Its durable lightweight cover protects both the front and back of your iPad. It works with the iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd, 4th, and 5th generation).

Apple Magic Keyboard:$299 $264 @ Amazon

Apple Magic Keyboard: $299  $264 @ Amazon Save $35 on the Apple Magic Keyboard for the best typing experience on an iPad. Nothing beats a proper keyboard or comes close to the seamless integration of Apple’s Magic Keyboard. The floating cantilever design allows you to adjust the iPad Pro display to the right angle, the typing experience is comfortable and the integrated trackpad means this can fill both roles in your life as a tablet and laptop. It works with iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation or later), iPad Air (4th generation). 

Apple Pencil USB-C: $79 $69 @ Amazon

Apple Pencil USB-C: $79 $69 @ Amazon Save $10 on the Apple Pencil with USB-C connectivity lets you easily take notes, draw and design on your iPad. Thanks to low latency, it feels just like using a pencil supports Apple Pencil hover feature on the iPad Pro 12.9-inch (6th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (4th generation). When not in use, it magnetically attaches to your iPad for safe-keeping. 

Compatibility: iPad Air (4th & 5th generation), iPad mini (6th generation), iPad (10th generation), iPad Pro 12.9‑inch (3rd through 6th generation), iPad Pro 11-inch (1st through 4th generation).

Price check: Best Buy $69 |   B&H $79

Apple Pencil 2nd Generation: $129 $114 @ Amazon

Apple Pencil 2nd Generation: $129 $114 @ Amazon The Apple Pencil 2 provides you with pixel-perfect precision for drawing, sketching, coloring, taking notes, and more on the iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd and 4th generation), and iPad Pro 11-inch (1st and 2nd generation). 

Apple Pencil 1st Generation: $94 @ Amazon

Apple Pencil 1st Generation: $94 @ Amazon The 1st generation Apple Pencil which lets you take notes, draw and design on your iPad. It works with the Pad Air (3rd generation), iPad mini (5th generation), iPad (6th, 7th, 8th and 9th generations), iPad Pro 12.9‑inch (1st and 2nd generations), iPad Pro 10.5‑inch and iPad Pro 9.7‑inch.

  • Amazon: iPad deals from $249
  • Best Buy: iPad deals from $249
  • B&H: iPad deals from $579
  • iPad Cables & Chargers: from $16 @ Amazon

Stay in the know with Laptop Mag

Get our in-depth reviews, helpful tips, great deals, and the biggest news stories delivered to your inbox.

Hilda Scott

Hilda Scott uses her combined passion for gadgets and bargain shopping to bring you the best prices on all things tech. She has a bachelor’s degree in film and media studies from Hunter College and 11 years of tech and entertainment journalism. Her work has been featured on Tom’s Guide, iTechPost, Examiner.com, Parlemag, Enstars, and Latin Times. When she's not scouting for the best deals, Hilda’s catching up on her favorite TV shows and pro-wrestling matches.  

Apple’s new iPads bore me, and I’m tired of pretending otherwise

Apple announces 'Let Loose' event on May 7 with new iPads expected

Tim Cook makes one thing very clear about the May 7 Apple Event

Most Popular

  • 2 Tim Cook makes one thing very clear about the May 7 Apple Event
  • 3 The new FCC net neutrality rules have a gaping loophole
  • 4 Xbox is deleting your game screenshots and clips on May 30, so here's how to save them
  • 5 This rumored Google Pixel Tablet update could kill our favorite feature

best uk cities to visit in february

IMAGES

  1. 13 Absolute Best Cities to Visit in the UK (+Map & Travel Tips)

    best uk cities to visit in february

  2. 19 Absolute Best Places to Visit in the UK

    best uk cities to visit in february

  3. 15 Most Beautiful Cities to Visit in the UK (2022)

    best uk cities to visit in february

  4. 15 Very Best Cities To Visit In England

    best uk cities to visit in february

  5. 19 Absolute Best Places to Visit in the UK

    best uk cities to visit in february

  6. 11 Best Places to Travel in February 2023

    best uk cities to visit in february

VIDEO

  1. Most Affordable Cities In The UK For International Students

  2. How Britain Made a Dystopian City

  3. Discovering the UK's Most Breathtaking Destinations

  4. Unveiling the Best: Top 10 Cities in the United Kingdom Revealed

  5. Discovering Best UK Cities

  6. Best uk cities for international students. #cities #ukliving #accomodation #grocery #places #map

COMMENTS

  1. 10 Best Places to Visit in the UK in February

    This beach is also part of the Cleveland Way National Trail, so you could make this a stop on a larger walk. 2. The Cambrian Way, Wales. For your February getaway, embark on one of the best mountainous road trips in the UK. Summer is a great time to visit the coast, so use winter to explore the incredible mountains of the UK.

  2. Five February Places to Visit in the UK

    Check here for the best pricing and availability! Five February Places to Visit in the UK. Featured Image courtesy of Flickr user Nic Trott. This article about February places to visit in the UK was originally created on December 23, 2017. It has been maintained and updated (as of November 21, 2018) to reflect current viewpoints and travel trends.

  3. 15 top things to do in the UK in February (2024 guide)

    9. Attend the Leicester Comedy Festival. 7th - 25th February 2024. The Leicester Comedy Festival is one of the UK's longest-running and most diverse comedy events. As you immerse yourself in this festival, you'll experience a broad spectrum of comedic talent, from well-established stars to emerging comedians.

  4. 12 things to do and places to visit in February in the UK

    This year, the festival will run from Monday 12th to Sunday 18th February. Find out more. 2. Celebrate Chinese New Year, London. This year, Chinese New Year falls on Saturday 10th February and will kickstart the 'Year of the Dragon'. Of the 12 Chinese zodiac signs, the dragon represents power, vigour, nobility, and luck, and is seen as ...

  5. The United Kingdom in February: Travel Tips, Weather & More

    Weather. February is midwinter in the United Kingdom, but the days are slowly getting longer (the shortest day is in late December), and at the end of the month in southern England, the first signs of spring might be starting to appear.Plus, the UK isn't as cold in the winter as its northern latitude might suggest, thanks to the Atlantic Gulf Stream that warms the oceans.

  6. England in February: Travel Tips, Weather & More

    February is a great time to take advantage of low rates and fewer crowds in England. Though it's winter, there are many options to choose from, with lesser-known cities, romantic drives in the countryside, and outdoor adventures on the southern coast (like cliff walking and surfing). Or, stick around London and see the famous sites—plus, there's a month-long orchid show at the Royal Botanic ...

  7. 18 of the best UK city breaks

    Belfast is the perfect place to spend a fantastic UK city break due to the friendly locals, fantastic culture and the beautiful nature around the city. 14. Dundee: one of the best UK city breaks for an arty weekend. With thanks to fellow travel blogger Nicola from FunkyEllas Travel.

  8. 15 Absolute Best Cities to Visit in the UK (+Map & Travel Tips)

    1. London. London really has to be number one on any list of the best places in the UK! And there are so many reasons to visit the nation's capital. Located on the banks of the River Thames, London is the country's financial center, the seat of the Government of the United Kingdom, and home to the Royal Family.

  9. The best cities in the UK: 2023 Readers' Choice Awards

    1. Cardiff. Score 86.84. The playful Welsh capital takes the top spot for 2023 with its exciting independent restaurants, buzzy bars and up-and-coming neighbourhoods. Take a bite into the cool food scene and discover the unmissable places to visit with our guide to the best things to do in Cardiff.

  10. Best Places in the UK to Visit in February

    The UK staycation is going to be a popular choice for many this year for so many reasons, and so it should be. We have a long list of beautiful places to visit and wonderful landmarks to explore across the whole country. In very little time at all, you can be enjoying those holiday vibes with family and friends, without having to deal with any of the hoops that European or International Travel ...

  11. 14 Best Winter Getaways in the UK 2023

    3. York. The Yorkshire marvel is a fantastic city all year round, and the brilliant roster of museums, restaurants and experiences make it a top-notch spot during winter. The National Railway ...

  12. 16 Best Places to Visit in Winter in the UK

    5. London, England London in the winter. There are many reasons to visit London in winter. The city is adorned with festiveness, stretching from the banks of the Thames River to the vibrant streets near Trafalgar Square.Once it snows, which happens rarely, the city becomes a unique utopia made even more beautiful by the recent dusting.

  13. 19 of the Best Places To Visit in February

    7. Sydney, Australia. Sydney Opera House lights up in vibrant colours (Shutterstock) A visit to the New South Wales capital in February not only promises spectacular sunshine, but also one of the world's best Mardi Gras festivals and Pride events.

  14. The best city breaks for February

    The best city breaks in February for a getaway in the UK, continental Europe or further afield Our favourite winter city break destinations By Rhonda Carrier Updated: 02 January 2024

  15. 10 All-Time Best Days Out in February in England

    10 Best Days Out In February. All the greatest things to do in February in England. 1. Spectacle of Light at Compton Verney. February is the perfect time to take a memorable day out. At Compton Verney, located in Warwickshire, people of all ages have the opportunity to experience the Spectacle of Light for an evening of fun and entertainment.

  16. 17 Best Cities in the UK to Visit Right Now

    1. London (Largest City) As the capital of England and the country's largest, London was always going to be on this list. It is one of the greatest arts and cultural hubs in both Europe and the rest of the world. London is easily the most popular and famous to visit in England, and for many good reasons.

  17. 15 Best Places to Visit in February 2024

    Torres del Paine National Park. #7 in Best Places to Visit in February 2024. Torres del Paine National Park is an adventurer's delight in Chilean Patagonia, with world-renowned hikes, majestic ...

  18. 13 Best Places to Travel in the U.K. in 2023

    ReBalance Bath (February 7 - 26, 2023) will bring together venues, hotels, spa therapists, and restaurants for three weeks of feel-good activities in, from mindfulness and yoga to sound baths ...

  19. 25 best holiday destinations in February 2024

    Temperature in February: 2°C high; -6°C low Season: winter Travel time from UK: 1 hour 30 minutes flight to Chambéry; 9 hours by train Time difference: GMT +1 Courchevel is the superstar ski resort of the French Alps. Of its four villages, Courchevel 1850 is the highest, biggest and glitziest, drawing a jet-set crowd with its Michelin-star restaurants, super-smart chalets and hotels, posh ...

  20. The 9 best places to visit in February 2024

    A visit to the French Quarter is a must too as there is no better image of New Orleans than this centuries-old neighbourhood that brought the Enlightenment to America. New Orleans during Mardi Gras, is definitely, one of the best places to go on holiday in February. Find flights to New Orleans. 5. Quebec, Canada.

  21. 30 Best Countries to Visit in February (Fun Spots You Haven't Thought Of)

    Recommended by Samantha of Find Love and Travel. 3. Turks and Caicos (a favorite on this list of best counties to visit in February) Stunning Caribbean views in Turks and Caicos😍. Region: Caribbean. Fly into: Providenciales International Airport. Average temp: 82°F high / 74°F low.

  22. 17 best places to visit in February 2024 for a winter getaway

    Overlooking the Nile, the Sofitel Winter Palace is an atmospheric piece of Luxor history, built in 1886 and visited by Agatha Christie, Winston Churchill and Tutankhamun expedition sponsor Lord ...

  23. Where is hot in February? 16 best countries for winter sun this month

    17 best places to visit in February 2024 for a winter getaway. December 08 2023, 9.00am. Qin Xie and Rory Goulding. TRAVEL ADVICE. Where is hot in March? 14 destinations for a sunny break.

  24. 7 of the best UK walking festivals for 2024

    2. Isle of Wight Walking Festival. Best for: islands 11-19 May. This festival celebrates its 25th anniversary in 2024, with an event in spring and another in autumn.

  25. Best iPad deals of April 2024: Save up to $100

    See today's best iPad deals from the best places to buy an iPad. ... Save $50 on the 256GB model 12.9-inch Apple M2 iPad Pro — My Best Buy Plus members save $150. ... Visit our corporate site.